The commit f60ba9e594 (util/mkimage: Refactor section setup to use a helper)
added a helper function to setup PE sections. But it also changed how the
raw data offsets were calculated since all the section sizes are aligned.
However, for some platforms, i.e ia64-efi and arm64-efi, the kernel image
size is not aligned using the section alignment. This leads to the situation
in which the mods section offset in its PE section header does not match its
real placement in the PE file. So, finally the GRUB is not able to locate
and load built-in modules.
The problem surfaces on ia64-efi and arm64-efi because both platforms
require additional relocation data which is added behind .bss section.
So, we have to add some padding behind this extra data to make the
beginning of mods section properly aligned in the PE file. Fix it by
aligning the kernel_size to the section alignment. That makes the sizes
and offsets in the PE section headers to match relevant sections in the
PE32+ binary file.
Reported-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Additionally, fix the terminfo spelling mistake in
the GRUB development documentation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
This is an additional fix which has been missing from the commit 837fe48de
(i18n: Format large integers before the translation message).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
The GNU gettext only supports the ISO C99 macros for integral
types. If there is a need to use unsupported formatting macros,
e.g. PRIuGRUB_UINT64_T, according to [1] the number to a string
conversion should be separated from the code printing message
requiring the internationalization. So, the function grub_snprintf()
is used to print the numeric values to an intermediate buffer and
the internationalized message contains a string format directive.
[1] https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/Preparing-Strings.html#No-string-concatenation
Signed-off-by: Miguel Ángel Arruga Vivas <rosen644835@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since commit 7ce3259f67 (video/fb/fbfill: Fix potential integer
overflow), clang builds of grub-emu have failed with messages like:
/usr/bin/ld: libgrubmods.a(libgrubmods_a-fbfill.o): in function `grub_video_fbfill_direct24':
fbfill.c:(.text+0x28e): undefined reference to `__muloti4'
This appears to be due to a weird quirk in how clang compiles
grub_mul(dst->mode_info->bytes_per_pixel, width, &rowskip)
which is grub_mul(unsigned int, int, &grub_size_t).
It looks like clang somewhere promotes everything to 128-bit maths
before ultimately reducing down to 64 bit for grub_size_t. I think
this is because width is signed, and indeed converting width to an
unsigned int makes the problem go away.
This conversion also makes more sense generally:
- the caller of all the fbfill_directN functions is
grub_video_fb_fill_dispatch() and it takes width and height as
unsigned ints already,
- it doesn't make sense to fill a negative width or height.
Convert the width and height arguments and associated loop counters
to unsigned ints.
Fixes: 7ce3259f67 (video/fb/fbfill: Fix potential integer overflow)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since the possessive form of "it" is being used, the apostrophe must be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Aru Sahni <aru@arusahni.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The messages associated with other similar GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE errors
were lacking the trailing full stop. Syncing up the strings saves a small
amount of precious core image space on i386-pc.
DOWN: obj/i386-pc/grub-core/kernel.img (31740 > 31708) - change: -32
DOWN: i386-pc core image (biosdisk ext2 part_msdos) (27453 > 27452) - change: -1
DOWN: i386-pc core image (biosdisk ext2 part_msdos diskfilter mdraid09) (32367 > 32359) - change: -8
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ext2 (and ext3, ext4) filesystems write the number of free inodes to
location 0x410.
On a MINIX filesystem, that same location is used for the MINIX superblock
magic number.
If the number of free inodes on an ext2 filesystem is equal to any
of the four MINIX superblock magic values plus any multiple of 65536,
GRUB's MINIX filesystem code will probe it as a MINIX filesystem.
In the case of an OS using ext2 as the root filesystem, since there will
ordinarily be some amount of file creation and deletion on every bootup,
it effectively means that this situation has a 1:16384 chance of being hit
on every reboot.
This will cause GRUB's filesystem probing code to mistakenly identify an
ext2 filesystem as MINIX. This can be seen by e.g. "search --label"
incorrectly indicating that no such ext2 partition with matching label
exists, whereas in fact it does.
After spotting the rough cause of the issue I was facing here, I borrowed
much of the diagnosis/explanation from meierfra who found and investigated
the same issue in util-linux in 2010:
https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/util-linux/+bug/518582
This was fixed in util-linux by having the MINIX code check for the
ext2 magic. Do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <drake@endlessm.com>
Reviewed-by: Derek Foreman <derek@endlessos.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The hdr_offset member of the ARM Linux image header appears at
offset 0x3c, matching the PE/COFF spec's placement of the COFF
header offset in the MS-DOS header. We're currently off by four,
so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This should help prevent format string errors and thus improve the quality
of error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a temporary, less-intrusive change to get the build to success with
compiler format string checking turned on. There is a better fix which
addresses this issue, but it needs more testing. Use this change so that
format string checking on grub_error() can be turned on until the better
change is fully tested.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The macro ELF_R_TYPE does not change the underlying type. Here its argument
is a 64-bit Elf64_Xword. Make sure the format code matches.
For the RISC-V architecture, rel->r_info could be either Elf32_Xword or
Elf64_Xword depending on if 32 or 64-bit RISC-V is being built. So cast
to 64-bit value regardless.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Also remove casting of format string args so that the architecture dependent
type is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The second format string argument, GRUB_EFI_MAX_USABLE_ADDRESS, is a macro
to a number literal. However, depending on what the target architecture, the
type can be 32 or 64 bits. Cast to a 64-bit integer. Also, change the
format string literals "%llx" to use PRIxGRUB_UINT64_T.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The format code is for a 32-bit int, but the argument, keyid, is declared as
a 64 bit int. The comment above says keyid is 32-bit. I'm not sure if the
comment or declaration is wrong, so force the display of a 64-bit int for now.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_error() has a format string expecting two arguments, but only one
provided. According to the comments in the struct grub_nv_super definition,
the version field looks like a version number where major.minor is encoded
as each a byte in the two-byte short.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Its obvious from the error message that the variable named "type" was
accidentally omitted.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch does the following:
- really disables os-prober by default in the util/grub-mkconfig.in
by setting GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER to true,
- fixes the logic in the util/grub.d/30_os-prober.in,
- updates the grub_warn() lines.
Reason for the code shuffling in the util/grub-mkconfig.in:
The default was GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER=false if you don't set
GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER at all. To prevent os-prober from starting we
have to set it by default to true and shuffle GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER to
code section, which is executed by the script. However we still give an
option to the user to overwrite it with false, if he wants to execute
os-prober after all.
Fixes: e3464147 (templates: Disable the os-prober by default)
Reported-by: Didier Spaier <didier@slint.fr>
Reported-by: Lennart Sorensen <lsorense@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Reported-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Müller <philm@manjaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While attempting to dual boot Microsoft Windows with UEFI chainloader,
it failed with below error when UEFI Secure Boot was enabled:
error ../../grub-core/kern/verifiers.c:119:verification requested but
nobody cares: /EFI/Microsoft/Boot/bootmgfw.efi.
It is a regression, as previously it worked without any problem.
It turns out chainloading PE image has been locked down by commit
578c95298 (kern: Add lockdown support). However, we should consider it
as verifiable object by shim to allow booting in UEFI Secure Boot mode.
The chainloaded PE image could also have trusted signature created by
vendor with their pubkey cert in db. For that matters it's usage should
not be locked down under UEFI Secure Boot, and instead shim should be
allowed to validate a PE binary signature before running it.
Fixes: 578c95298 (kern: Add lockdown support)
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This error message comes from the grub_print_error() in
grub_pata_device_initialize(), which does not pass on the error, and is
raised in check_device(). The function check_device() needs to return this
as an error because check_device() is also used in grub_pata_open(), which
does pass on this error to indicate that the device can not be used.
This is actually not an error when displayed by grub_pata_device_initialize()
because it just indicates that there are no pata devices seen. This may be
confusing to end users who do not have pata devices yet are loading the
pata module (perhaps implicitly via nativedisk). This also causes unnecessary
output which may need to be accounted for in functional testing.
Instead print to the debug log when check_device() raises this "error" and
pop the error from the error stack. If there is another error on the stack
then print the error stack as those should be real errors.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We encountered a file not found error when the symlink filesize is
equal to 60:
$ ls -l initrd
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 60 Jan 6 16:37 initrd -> secure-core-image-initramfs-5.10.2-yoctodev-standard.cpio.gz
When booting, we got the following error in the GRUB:
error: file `/initrd' not found
The root cause is that the size of diro->inode.symlink is equal to 60
and a symlink name has to be terminated with NUL there. So, if the
symlink filesize is exactly 60 then it is also stored in a separate
block rather than in the inode itself.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zhao <yi.zhao@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The relocatable variable is defined as grub_uint8_t. Relevant
member in setup_header structure is also defined as one byte
in Linux boot protocol. By semantic definition it is a bool type.
It is not appropriate to treat it as a four bytes. This patch
fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The preferred_address has been assigned to GRUB_LINUX_BZIMAGE_ADDR
during initialization in grub_cmd_linux(). The assignment here
is redundant and should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to the Embedded Base Boot Requirements (EBBR) specification the
device-tree passed to Linux as a configuration table must reside in
EfiACPIReclaimMemory.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
UEFI specification 2.8 errata B introduced the EFI_RT_PROPERTIES_TABLE
describing the services available at runtime.
The lsefisystab command is used to display installed EFI configuration
tables. Currently it only shows the GUID but not a short text for the
new table.
Provide a short text for the EFI_RT_PROPERTIES_TABLE_GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The commit f1957dc8a (RISC-V: Add to build system) added two entries to
the options array, but only 1 entry to the enum. This resulted in
everything after the insertion point being off by one.
This broke at least the "file --is-hibernated-hiberfil" command.
Bring the two back in sync by splitting the IS_RISCV_EFI enum entry into
two, as is done for other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Derek Foreman <derek@endlessos.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix compilation error due to missing parameter to
grub_printf() when MM_DEBUG is defined.
Fixes: 64e26162e (calloc: Make sure we always have an overflow-checking calloc() available)
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The os-prober is enabled by default what may lead to potentially
dangerous use cases and borderline opening attack vectors. This
patch disables the os-prober, adds warning messages and updates
GRUB_DISABLE_OS_PROBER configuration option documentation. This
way we make it clear that the os-prober usage is not recommended.
Simplistic nature of this change allows downstream vendors, who
really want os-prober to be enabled out of the box in their
relevant products, easily revert to it's old behavior.
Reported-by: NyankoSec (<nyanko@10x.moe>, https://twitter.com/NyankoSec),
working with SSD Secure Disclosure
Signed-off-by: Alex Burmashev <alexander.burmashev@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gui_progress_bar and gui_label components can display the timeout
value. The format string can be set through a theme file. This patch
adds a validation step to the format string.
If a user loads a theme file into the GRUB without this patch then
a GUI label with the following settings
+ label {
...
id = "__timeout__"
text = "%s"
}
will interpret the current timeout value as string pointer and print the
memory at that position on the screen. It is not desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_printf_fmt_check() function parses the arguments of an untrusted
printf() format and an expected printf() format and then compares the
arguments counts and arguments types. The arguments count in the untrusted
format string must be less or equal to the arguments count in the expected
format string and both arguments types must match.
To do this the parse_printf_arg_fmt() helper function is extended in the
following way:
1. Add a return value to report errors to the grub_printf_fmt_check().
2. Add the fmt_check argument to enable stricter format verification:
- the function expects that arguments definitions are always
terminated by a supported conversion specifier.
- positional parameters, "$", are not allowed, as they cannot be
validated correctly with the current implementation. For example
"%s%1$d" would assign the first args entry twice while leaving the
second one unchanged.
- Return an error if preallocated space in args is too small and
allocation fails for the needed size. The grub_printf_fmt_check()
should verify all arguments. So, if validation is not possible for
any reason it should return an error.
This also adds a case entry to handle "%%", which is the escape
sequence to print "%" character.
3. Add the max_args argument to check for the maximum allowed arguments
count in a printf() string. This should be set to the arguments count
of the expected format. Then the parse_printf_arg_fmt() function will
return an error if the arguments count is exceeded.
The two additional arguments allow us to use parse_printf_arg_fmt() in
printf() and grub_printf_fmt_check() calls.
When parse_printf_arg_fmt() is used by grub_printf_fmt_check() the
function parse user provided untrusted format string too. So, in
that case it is better to be too strict than too lenient.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Set printf() argument type for "%s" to new type STRING. This is in
preparation for a follow up patch to compare a printf() format string
against an expected printf() format string.
For "%s" the corresponding printf() argument is dereferenced as pointer
while all other argument types are defined as integer value. However,
when validating a printf() format it is necessary to differentiate "%s"
from "%p" and other integers. So, let's do that.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch is preparing for a follow up patch which will use
the format parsing part to compare the arguments in a printf()
format from an external source against a printf() format with
expected arguments.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Frauendorfer | Miray Software <tf@miray.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 32ddc42c (efi: Only register shim_lock verifier if shim_lock
protocol is found and SB enabled) reintroduced CVE-2020-15705 which
previously only existed in the out-of-tree linuxefi patches and was
fixed as part of the BootHole patch series.
Under Secure Boot enforce loading shim_lock verifier. Allow skipping
shim_lock verifier if SecureBoot/MokSBState EFI variables indicate
skipping validations, or if GRUB image is built with --disable-shim-lock.
Fixes: 132ddc42c (efi: Only register shim_lock verifier if shim_lock
protocol is found and SB enabled)
Fixes: CVE-2020-15705
Fixes: CVE-2021-3418
Reported-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a --sbat option to the grub-mkimage tool which allows us to import
an SBAT metadata formatted as a CSV file into a .sbat section of the
EFI binary.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a init_pe_section() helper function to setup PE sections. This makes
the code simpler and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to "Microsoft Portable Executable and Common Object File Format
Specification", the Optional Header SizeOfInitializedData field contains:
Size of the initialized data section, or the sum of all such sections if
there are multiple data sections.
Make this explicit by adding the GRUB kernel data size to the sum of all
the modules sizes. The ALIGN_UP() is not required by the PE spec but do
it to avoid alignment issues.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes the PE32 and PE32+ header fields set-up easier to follow by
setting them closer to the initialization of their related sections.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's quite a bit of code duplication in the code that sets the optional
header for PE32 and PE32+. The two are very similar with the exception of
a few fields that have type grub_uint64_t instead of grub_uint32_t.
Factor out the common code and add a PE_OHDR() macro that simplifies the
set-up and make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This change does not impact final result of initialization itself.
However, it eases PE code unification in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The latter doesn't take into account the target image endianness. There is
a grub_cpu_to_le32_compile_time() but no compile time variant for function
grub_host_to_target32(). So, let's keep using the other one for this case.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code is compiled out so there is no reason to keep it.
Additionally, don't set bss_size field since we do not add a BSS section.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_parser_split_cmdline() expands variable names present in the supplied
command line in to their corresponding variable contents and uses a 1 kiB
stack buffer for temporary storage without sufficient bounds checking. If
the function is called with a command line that references a variable with
a sufficiently large payload, it is possible to overflow the stack
buffer via tab completion, corrupt the stack frame and potentially
control execution.
Fixes: CVE-2020-27749
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new variable sized heap buffer type (grub_buffer_t) with simple
operations for appending data, accessing the data and maintaining
a read cursor.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Introduce a common function epilogue used for cleaning up on all
return paths, which will simplify additional error handling to be
introduced in a subsequent commit.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
process_char() and grub_parser_split_cmdline() use similar code for
terminating the most recent argument. Add a helper function for this.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_parser_split_cmdline() iterates over each command line character.
In order to add error checking and to simplify the subsequent error
handling, split the character processing in to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The getline() function supplied to grub_parser_split_cmdline() returns
a newly allocated buffer and can be called multiple times, but the
returned buffer is never freed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We need to check errors before calling into a function that uses the result.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This prevents a divide by zero if nstripes == nparities, and
also prevents propagation of invalid values if nstripes ends up
less than nparities.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This prevents infinite recursion in the diskfilter verification code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
rlocn->offset is read directly from disk and added to the metadatabuf
pointer to create a pointer to a block of metadata. It's a 64-bit
quantity so as long as you don't overflow you can set subsequent
pointers to point anywhere in memory.
Require that rlocn->offset fits within the metadata buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We could reach the end of valid metadata and not realize, leading to
some buffer overreads. Check if we have reached the end and bail.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up a bunch of cases where we could have strstr() fail and lead to
us dereferencing NULL.
We'll still leak memory in some cases (loops don't clean up allocations
from earlier iterations if a later iteration fails) but at least we're
not crashing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's an if block for the presence of "physical_volumes {", but if
that block is absent, then p remains NULL and a NULL-deref will result
when looking for logical volumes.
It doesn't seem like LVM makes sense without physical volumes, so error
out rather than crashing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This catches at least some OOB reads, and it's possible I suppose that
if 2 * mda_size is less than GRUB_LVM_MDA_HEADER_SIZE it might catch some
OOB writes too (although that hasn't showed up as a crash in fuzzing yet).
It's a bit ugly and I'd appreciate better suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We unconditionally trusted offset_xl from the LVM label header, even if
it told us that the PV header/disk locations were way off past the end
of the data we read from disk.
Require that the offset be sane, fixing an OOB read and crash.
Fixes: CID 314367, CID 314371
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If huft_build() fails, gzio->tl or gzio->td could contain pointers that
are no longer valid. Zero them out.
This prevents a double free when grub_gzio_close() comes through and
attempts to free them again.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In huft_build(), "v" is a table of values in order of bit length.
The code later (when setting up table entries in "r") assumes that all
elements of this array corresponding to a code are initialized and less
than N_MAX. However, it doesn't enforce this.
With sufficiently manipulated inputs (e.g. from fuzzing), there can be
elements of "v" that are not filled. Therefore a lookup into "e" or "d"
will use an uninitialized value. This can lead to an invalid/OOB read on
those values, often leading to a crash.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
init_dynamic_block() didn't clean up gzio->tl and td in some error
paths. This left td pointing to part of tl. Then in grub_gzio_close(),
when tl was freed the storage for td would also be freed. The code then
attempts to free td explicitly, performing a UAF and then a double free.
Explicitly clean up tl and td in the error paths.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is an ugly fix that doesn't address why gzio->tl comes to be NULL.
However, it seems to be sufficient to patch up a bunch of NULL derefs.
It would be good to revisit this in future and see if we can have
a cleaner solution that addresses some of the causes of the unexpected
NULL pointers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We just introduced an error return in grub_nilfs2_btree_node_lookup().
Make sure the callers catch it.
At the same time, make sure that grub_nilfs2_btree_node_lookup() always
inits the index pointer passed to it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
NILFS2 reads the number of children a node has from the node. Unfortunately,
that's not trustworthy. Check if it's beyond what the filesystem permits and
reject it if so.
This blocks some OOB reads. I'm not sure how controllable the read is and what
could be done with invalidly read data later on.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
NILFS2 has up to 7 keys, per the data structure. Do not permit array
indices in excess of that.
This catches some OOB reads. I don't know how controllable the invalidly
read data is or if that could be used later in the program.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It's possible with a fuzzed filesystem for JFS to keep getblk()-ing
the same data over and over again, leading to stack exhaustion.
Check if we'd be calling the function with exactly the same data as
was passed in, and if so abort.
I'm not sure what the performance impact of this is and am open to
better ideas.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
getblk() implicitly trusts that treehead->count is an accurate count of
the number of extents. However, that value is read from disk and is not
trustworthy, leading to OOB reads and crashes. I am not sure to what
extent the data read from OOB can influence subsequent program execution.
Require callers to pass in the maximum number of extents for which
they have storage.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing JFS revealed crashes where a negative number would be passed
to le_to_cpu16_copy(). There it would be cast to a large positive number
and the copy would read and write off the end of the respective buffers.
Catch this at the top as well as the bottom of the loop.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There's a read of the name of the root object that assumes that the name
is nul-terminated within the root block. This isn't guaranteed - it seems
SFS would require you to read multiple blocks to get a full name in general,
but maybe that doesn't apply to the root object.
Either way, figure out how much space is left in the root block and don't
over-read it. This fixes some OOB reads.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
HFS has issues such as infinite mutual recursion that are simply too
complex to fix for such a legacy format. So simply do not permit
it to be loaded under lockdown.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Valgrind identified the following use of uninitialized data:
==2782220== Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s)
==2782220== at 0x42B364: grub_hfsplus_btree_search (hfsplus.c:566)
==2782220== by 0x42B21D: grub_hfsplus_read_block (hfsplus.c:185)
==2782220== by 0x42A693: grub_fshelp_read_file (fshelp.c:386)
==2782220== by 0x42C598: grub_hfsplus_read_file (hfsplus.c:219)
==2782220== by 0x42C598: grub_hfsplus_mount (hfsplus.c:330)
==2782220== by 0x42B8C5: grub_hfsplus_dir (hfsplus.c:958)
==2782220== by 0x4C1AE6: grub_fs_probe (fs.c:73)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_ls_list_files (ls.c:186)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_cmd_ls (ls.c:284)
==2782220== by 0x4D7130: grub_extcmd_dispatcher (extcmd.c:55)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: execute_command (grub-fstest.c:59)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: fstest (grub-fstest.c:433)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: main (grub-fstest.c:772)
==2782220== Uninitialised value was created by a heap allocation
==2782220== at 0x483C7F3: malloc (in /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-amd64-linux.so)
==2782220== by 0x4C0305: grub_malloc (mm.c:42)
==2782220== by 0x42C21D: grub_hfsplus_mount (hfsplus.c:239)
==2782220== by 0x42B8C5: grub_hfsplus_dir (hfsplus.c:958)
==2782220== by 0x4C1AE6: grub_fs_probe (fs.c:73)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_ls_list_files (ls.c:186)
==2782220== by 0x407C94: grub_cmd_ls (ls.c:284)
==2782220== by 0x4D7130: grub_extcmd_dispatcher (extcmd.c:55)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: execute_command (grub-fstest.c:59)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: fstest (grub-fstest.c:433)
==2782220== by 0x4045A6: main (grub-fstest.c:772)
This happens when the process of reading the catalog file goes sufficiently
wrong that there's an attempt to read the extent overflow file, which has
not yet been loaded. Keep track of when the extent overflow file is
fully loaded and refuse to use it before then.
The load valgrind doesn't like is btree->nodesize, and that's then used
to allocate a data structure. It looks like there are subsequently a lot
of reads based on that pointer so OOB reads are likely, and indeed crashes
(albeit difficult-to-replicate ones) have been observed in fuzzing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Otherwise you get a wild pointer, leading to a bunch of invalid reads.
Check it falls inside the given node.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A fuzzed HFS+ filesystem had log2blocksize = 22. This gave
log2blocksize + GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS = 31. 1 << 31 = 0x80000000,
which is -1 as an int. This caused some wacky behavior later on in
the function, leading to out-of-bounds writes on the destination buffer.
Catch log2blocksize + GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS >= 31. We could be stricter,
but this is the minimum that will prevent integer size weirdness.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Catch the case where we have a font so big that it causes the number of
rows or columns to be 0. Currently we continue and allocate a
virtual_screen.text_buffer of size 0. We then try to use that for glpyhs
and things go badly.
On the emu platform, malloc() may give us a valid pointer, in which case
we'll access heap memory which we shouldn't. Alternatively, it may give us
NULL, in which case we'll crash. For other platforms, if I understand
grub_memalign() correctly, we will receive a valid but small allocation
that we will very likely later overrun.
Prevent the creation of a virtual screen that isn't at least 40 cols
by 12 rows. This is arbitrary, but it seems that if your width or height
is half a standard 80x24 terminal, you're probably going to struggle to
read anything anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a start of stream marker is encountered, we call grub_jpeg_decode_sos()
which allocates space for a bitmap.
When a restart marker is encountered, we call grub_jpeg_decode_data() which
then fills in that bitmap.
If we get a restart marker before the start of stream marker, we will
attempt to write to a bitmap_ptr that hasn't been allocated. Catch this
and bail out. This fixes an attempt to write to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The key line is:
du[jpeg_zigzag_order[pos]] = val * (int) data->quan_table[qt][pos];
jpeg_zigzag_order is grub_uint8_t[64].
I don't understand JPEG decoders quite well enough to explain what's
going on here. However, I observe sometimes pos=64, which leads to an
OOB read of the jpeg_zigzag_order global then an OOB write to du.
That leads to various unpleasant memory corruption conditions.
Catch where pos >= ARRAY_SIZE(jpeg_zigzag_order) and bail.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Our decoder only supports 2 quantization tables. If a file asks for
a quantization table with index > 1, reject it.
Similarly, our decoder only supports 4 Huffman tables. If a file asks
for a Huffman table with index > 3, reject it.
This fixes some out of bounds reads. It's not clear what degree of control
over subsequent execution could be gained by someone who can carefully
set up the contents of memory before loading an invalid JPEG file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, if there is an error in grub_strtoull(), *end is not set.
This differs from the usual behavior of strtoull(), and also means that
some callers may use an uninitialized value for *end.
Set *end unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 9acdcbf325 (use single quotes in menuentry setparams command)
says that expressing a quoted single quote will require 3 characters. It
actually requires (and always did require!) 4 characters:
str: a'b => a'\''b
len: 3 => 6 (2 for the letters + 4 for the quote)
This leads to not allocating enough memory and thus out of bounds writes
that have been observed to cause heap corruption.
Allocate 4 bytes for each single quote.
Commit 22e7dbb2bb (Fix quoting in legacy parser.) does the same
quoting, but it adds 3 as extra overhead on top of the single byte that
the quote already needs. So it's correct.
Fixes: 9acdcbf325 (use single quotes in menuentry setparams command)
Fixes: CVE-2021-20233
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The following crashes the parser:
for x in; do
0
done
This is because grub_script_arglist_to_argv() doesn't consider the
possibility that arglist is NULL. Catch that explicitly.
This avoids a NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fuzzing found the following crash:
search -hhhhhhhhhhhhhf
We didn't allocate enough option space for 13 hints because the
allocation code counts the number of discrete arguments (i.e. argc).
However, the shortopt parsing code will happily keep processing
a combination of short options without checking if those short
options require an argument. This means you can easily end writing
past the allocated option space.
This fixes a OOB write which can cause heap corruption.
Fixes: CVE-2021-20225
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"$#" represents the number of arguments to a function. It is only
defined in a function scope, where "scope" is non-NULL. Currently,
if we attempt to evaluate "$#" outside a function scope, "scope" will
be NULL and we will crash with a NULL pointer dereference.
Do not attempt to count arguments for "$#" if "scope" is NULL. This
will result in "$#" being interpreted as an empty string if evaluated
outside a function scope.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This can be triggered with:
ls -l (0 0*)
and causes a NULL deref in grub_normal_print_device_info().
I'm not sure if there's any implication with the IEEE 1275 platform.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is possible for the ftell() function to return a negative value,
although it is fairly unlikely here, we should be checking for
a negative value before we assign it to an unsigned value.
Fixes: CID 73744
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The return value of ftell() may be negative (-1) on error. While it is
probably unlikely to occur, we should not blindly cast to an unsigned
value without first testing that it is not negative.
Fixes: CID 73856
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Two grub_device_open() calls does not have associated NULL checks
for returned values. Fix that and appease the Coverity.
Fixes: CID 314583
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
The code here is finished with the memory stored in name, but it only
frees it if there curvalue is valid, while it could actually free it
regardless.
The fix is a simple relocation of the grub_free() to before the test
of curvalue.
Fixes: CID 96646
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code in the next block suggests that it is possible for .set to be
true but .arg may still be NULL.
This code assumes that it is never NULL, yet later is testing if it is
NULL - that is inconsistent.
So we should check first if .arg is not NULL, and remove this check that
is being flagged by Coverity since it is no longer required.
Fixes: CID 292471
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The test of value for NULL before calling grub_strdup() is not required,
since the if condition prior to this has already tested for value being
NULL and cannot reach this code if it is.
Fixes: CID 73659
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While it may never happen, and potentially could be caught at the end of
the function, it is worth checking up front for a bad reference to the
next marker just in case of a maliciously crafted file being provided.
Fixes: CID 73694
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is minimal possibility that the values being used here will overflow.
So, change the code to use the safemath function grub_mul() to ensure
that doesn't happen.
Fixes: CID 73761
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The calculation of the unsigned 64-bit value is being generated by
multiplying 2, signed or unsigned, 32-bit integers which may overflow
before promotion to unsigned 64-bit. Fix all of them.
Fixes: CID 73703, CID 73767, CID 73833
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The multiplication of 2 unsigned 32-bit integers may overflow before
promotion to unsigned 64-bit. We should ensure that the multiplication
is done with overflow detection. Additionally, use grub_sub() for
subtraction.
Fixes: CID 73640, CID 73697, CID 73702, CID 73823
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The return value of grub_video_gop_fill_mode_info() is never able to be
anything other than GRUB_ERR_NONE. So, rather than continue to return
a value and checking it each time, it is more correct to redefine the
function to not return anything and remove checks of its return value
altogether.
Fixes: CID 96701
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Every other return statement in this code is calling grub_device_close()
to clean up dev before returning. This one should do that too.
Fixes: CID 292443
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
check_list() uses grub_file_getline(), which allocates a buffer.
If the hash list file contains invalid lines, the function leaks
this buffer when it returns an error.
Fixes: CID 176635
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is possible for the code to reach the end of the function without
freeing the memory allocated to argv and argc still to be 0.
We should always call grub_free(argv). The grub_free() will handle
a NULL argument correctly if it reaches that code without the memory
being allocated.
Fixes: CID 96672
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In syslinux_parse_real() the 2 points where return is being called
didn't release the memory stored in buf which is no longer required.
Fixes: CID 176634
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code in gcry_mpi_scan() assumes that buffer is not NULL, but there
is no explicit check for that, so we add one.
Fixes: CID 73757
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The array of unsigned char gets promoted to a signed 32-bit int before
it is finally promoted to a size_t. There is the possibility that this
may result in the signed-bit being set for the intermediate signed
32-bit int. We should ensure that the promotion is to the correct type
before we bitwise-OR the values.
Fixes: CID 96697
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The node structure reference is being allocated but not freed if it
reaches the end of the function. If any of the hooks had returned
a non-zero value, then node would have been copied in to the context
reference, but otherwise node is not stored and should be freed.
Similarly, the call to grub_affs_create_node() replaces the allocated
memory in node with a newly allocated structure, leaking the existing
memory pointed by node.
Finally, when dir->parent is set, then we again replace node with newly
allocated memory, which seems unnecessary when we copy in the values
from dir->parent immediately after.
Fixes: CID 73759
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While arguably the check for grub_errno is correct, we should really be
checking the return value from the function since it is always possible
that grub_errno was set elsewhere, making this code behave incorrectly.
Fixes: CID 73668
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In all cases the problem is that the value being acted upon by
a left-shift is a 32-bit number which is then being used in the
context of a 64-bit number.
To avoid overflow we ensure that the number being shifted is 64-bit
before the shift is done.
Fixes: CID 73684, CID 73695, CID 73764
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are several exit points in dnode_get_path() that are causing possible
memory leaks.
In the while(1) the correct exit mechanism should not be to do a direct return,
but to instead break out of the loop, setting err first if it is not already set.
The reason behind this is that the dnode_path is a linked list, and while doing
through this loop, it is being allocated and built up - the only way to
correctly unravel it is to traverse it, which is what is being done at the end
of the function outside of the loop.
Several of the existing exit points correctly did a break, but not all so this
change makes that more consistent and should resolve the leaking of memory as
found by Coverity.
Fixes: CID 73741
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While it is possible for the return value from zfs_log2() to be zero
(0), it is quite unlikely, given that the previous assignment to blksz
is shifted up by SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT (9) before 9 is subtracted at the
assignment to epbs.
But, while unlikely during a normal operation, it may be that a carefully
crafted ZFS filesystem could result in a zero (0) value to the
dn_datalbkszsec field, which means that the shift left does nothing
and assigns zero (0) to blksz, resulting in a negative epbs value.
Fixes: CID 73608
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
HFS+ documentation suggests that the maximum filename and volume name is
255 Unicode characters in length.
So, when converting from big-endian to little-endian, we should ensure
that the name of the volume has a length that is between 0 and 255,
inclusive.
Fixes: CID 73641
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The encrypt and decrypt functions expect a grub_size_t. So, we need to
ensure that the constant bit shift is using grub_size_t rather than
unsigned int when it is performing the shift.
Fixes: CID 307788
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The problem here is that the memory allocated to the variable lv is not
yet inserted into the list that is being processed at the label fail2.
As we can already see at line 342, which correctly frees lv before going
to fail2, we should also be doing that at these earlier jumps to fail2.
Fixes: CID 73824
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Several error handling paths in make_vg() do not free comp data before
jumping to fail2 label and returning from the function. This will leak
memory. So, let's fix all issues of that kind.
Fixes: CID 73804
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is the possibility that the value of str comes from an external
source and continuing to use it before ever checking its validity is
wrong. So, needs fixing.
Additionally, drop unneeded part initialization.
Fixes: CID 292444
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While many compilers will initialize this to zero, not all will, so it
is better to be sure that fields not being explicitly set are at known
values, and there is code that checks this fields value elsewhere in the
code.
Fixes: CID 292440
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These 2 assignments are unnecessary since they are just assigning
to themselves.
Fixes: CID 73643
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This issue has been fixed in the latest version of gnulib, so to
maintain consistency, I've backported that change rather than doing
something different.
Fixes: CID 73828
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It appears to be possible that the mctx->state_log field may be NULL,
and the name of this function, clean_state_log_if_needed(), suggests
that it should be checking that it is valid to be cleaned before
assuming that it does.
Fixes: CID 86720
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
All other instances of call to __argp_failure() where there is
a dgettext() call is first checking whether state is NULL before
attempting to dereference it to get the root_argp->argp_domain.
Fixes: CID 292436
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The code is assuming that the value of br_token.constraint was
initialized to zero when it wasn't.
While some compilers will ensure that, not all do, so it is better to
fix this explicitly than leave it to chance.
Fixes: CID 73749
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a really minor issue where a variable is being assigned to but
not checked before it is overwritten again.
The reason for this issue is that we are not building with DEBUG set and
this in turn means that the assert() that reads the value of the
variable match_last is being processed out.
The solution, move the assignment to match_last in to an ifdef DEBUG too.
Fixes: CID 292459
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The model of grub_efi_get_memory_map() is that if memory_map is NULL,
then the purpose is to discover how much memory should be allocated to
it for the subsequent call.
The problem here is that with grub_efi_is_finished set to 1, there is no
check at all that the function is being called with a non-NULL memory_map.
While this MAY be true, we shouldn't assume it.
The solution to this is to behave as expected, and if memory_map is NULL,
then don't try to use it and allow memory_map_size to be filled in, and
return 0 as is done later in the code if the buffer is too small (or NULL).
Additionally, drop unneeded ret = 1.
Fixes: CID 96632
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Free the memory allocated to name before returning on failure.
Fixes: CID 296222
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
After processing the command-line yet arriving at the point where we are
setting argv, we are allocating memory, even if argc == 0, which makes
no sense since we never put anything into the allocated argv.
The solution is to simply return that we've successfully processed the
arguments but that argc == 0, and also ensure that argv is NULL when
we're not allocating anything in it.
There are only 2 callers of this function, and both are handling a zero
value in argc assuming nothing is allocated in argv.
Fixes: CID 96680
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The static code analysis tool, Parfait, reported that the valid of
file->data was left referencing memory that was freed by the call to
grub_free(data) where data was initialized from file->data.
To ensure that there is no unintentional access to this memory
referenced by file->data we should set the pointer to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It is always possible that grub_zalloc() could fail, so we should check for
a NULL return. Otherwise we run the risk of dereferencing a NULL pointer.
Fixes: CID 296221
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When returning from grub_mmap_iterate() the memory allocated to present
is not being released causing it to leak.
Fixes: CID 96655
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The maximum number of configurations and interfaces are fixed but there is
no out-of-bound checking to prevent a malicious USB device to report large
values for these and cause accesses outside the arrays' memory.
Fixes: CVE-2020-25647
Reported-by: Joseph Tartaro <joseph.tartaro@ioactive.com>
Reported-by: Ilja Van Sprundel <ivansprundel@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When a module is attempted to be removed its reference counter is always
decremented. This means that repeated rmmod invocations will cause the
module to be unloaded even if another module depends on it.
This may lead to a use-after-free scenario allowing an attacker to execute
arbitrary code and by-pass the UEFI Secure Boot protection.
While being there, add the extern keyword to some function declarations in
that header file.
Fixes: CVE-2020-25632
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The shim_lock verifier validates the XNU kernels but no its extensions
and packages. Prevent these to be loaded when the GRUB is locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The gdbstub* commands allow to start and control a GDB stub running on
local host that can be used to connect from a remote debugger. Restrict
this functionality when the GRUB is locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The command can be used to get/set ATA disk parameters. Some of these can
be dangerous since change the disk behavior. Restrict it when locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This command can set PCI devices register values, which makes it dangerous
in a locked down configuration. Restrict it so can't be used on this setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are some more commands that should be restricted when the GRUB is
locked down. Following is the list of commands and reasons to restrict:
* fakebios: creates BIOS-like structures for backward compatibility with
existing OSes. This should not be allowed when locked down.
* loadbios: reads a BIOS dump from storage and loads it. This action
should not be allowed when locked down.
* devicetree: loads a Device Tree blob and passes it to the OS. It replaces
any Device Tree provided by the firmware. This also should
not be allowed when locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The cutmem and badram commands can be used to remove EFI memory regions
and potentially disable the UEFI Secure Boot. Prevent the commands to be
registered if the GRUB is locked down.
Fixes: CVE-2020-27779
Reported-by: Teddy Reed <teddy.reed@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The command is not allowed when lockdown is enforced. Otherwise an
attacker can instruct the GRUB to load an SSDT table to overwrite
the kernel lockdown configuration and later load and execute
unsigned code.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14372
Reported-by: Máté Kukri <km@mkukri.xyz>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now the GRUB can check if it has been locked down and this can be used to
prevent executing commands that can be utilized to circumvent the UEFI
Secure Boot mechanisms. So, instead of hardcoding a list of modules that
have to be disabled, prevent the usage of commands that can be dangerous.
This not only allows the commands to be disabled on other platforms, but
also properly separate the concerns. Since the shim_lock verifier logic
should be only about preventing to run untrusted binaries and not about
defining these kind of policies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If the UEFI Secure Boot is enabled then the GRUB must be locked down
to prevent executing code that can potentially be used to subvert its
verification mechanisms.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It may be useful for scripts to determine whether the GRUB is locked
down or not. Add the lockdown variable which is set to "y" when the GRUB
is locked down.
Suggested-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When the GRUB starts on a secure boot platform, some commands can be
used to subvert the protections provided by the verification mechanism and
could lead to booting untrusted system.
To prevent that situation, allow GRUB to be locked down. That way the code
may check if GRUB has been locked down and further restrict the commands
that are registered or what subset of their functionality could be used.
The lockdown support adds the following components:
* The grub_lockdown() function which can be used to lockdown GRUB if,
e.g., UEFI Secure Boot is enabled.
* The grub_is_lockdown() function which can be used to check if the GRUB
was locked down.
* A verifier that flags OS kernels, the GRUB modules, Device Trees and ACPI
tables as GRUB_VERIFY_FLAGS_DEFER_AUTH to defer verification to other
verifiers. These files are only successfully verified if another registered
verifier returns success. Otherwise, the whole verification process fails.
For example, PE/COFF binaries verification can be done by the shim_lock
verifier which validates the signatures using the shim_lock protocol.
However, the verification is not deferred directly to the shim_lock verifier.
The shim_lock verifier is hooked into the verification process instead.
* A set of grub_{command,extcmd}_lockdown functions that can be used by
code registering command handlers, to only register unsafe commands if
the GRUB has not been locked down.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move the shim_lock verifier from its own module into the core image. The
Secure Boot lockdown mechanism has the intent to prevent the load of any
unsigned code or binary when Secure Boot is enabled.
The reason is that GRUB must be able to prevent executing untrusted code
if UEFI Secure Boot is enabled, without depending on external modules.
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move verifiers API from a module to the kernel image, so it can be
used there as well. There are no functional changes in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Document the artificially imposed 1 EiB disk size limit and size limitations
with LUKS volumes.
Fix a few punctuation issues.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch is similar to commit 9dab2f51e (sparc: Enable __clzsi2() and
__clzdi2()) but for MIPS target and __clzdi2() only, __clzsi2() was
already enabled.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Do some sanity checking on data coming from the LUKS2 header. If segment.size
is "dynamic", verify that the offset is not past the end of disk. Otherwise,
check for errors from grub_strtoull() when converting segment size from
string. If a GRUB_ERR_BAD_NUMBER error was returned, then the string was
not a valid parsable number, so skip the key. If GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE was
returned, then there was an overflow in converting to a 64-bit unsigned
integer. So this could be a very large disk (perhaps large RAID array).
In this case skip the key too. Additionally, enforce some other limits
and fail if needed.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Check to make sure that source disk has a known size. If not, print
a message and return error. There are 4 cases where GRUB_DISK_SIZE_UNKNOWN
is set (biosdisk, obdisk, ofdisk, and uboot), and in all those cases
processing continues. So this is probably a bit conservative. However,
3 of the cases seem pathological, and the other, biosdisk, happens when
booting from a CD-ROM. Since I doubt booting from a LUKS2 volume on
a CD-ROM is a big use case, we'll error until someone complains.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_disk_native_sectors(source) returns the number of sectors
of source in GRUB native (512-byte) sectors, not source sized sectors. So
the conversion needs to use GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS, the GRUB native sector
size.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By default, dm-crypt internally uses an IV that corresponds to 512-byte
sectors, even when a larger sector size is specified. What this means is
that when using a larger sector size, the IV is incremented every sector.
However, the amount the IV is incremented is the number of 512 byte blocks
in a sector (i.e. 8 for 4K sectors). Confusingly the IV does not correspond
to the number of, for example, 4K sectors. So each 512 byte cipher block in
a sector will be encrypted with the same IV and the IV will be incremented
afterwards by the number of 512 byte cipher blocks in the sector.
There are some encryption utilities which do it the intuitive way and have
the IV equal to the sector number regardless of sector size (ie. the fifth
sector would have an IV of 4 for each cipher block). And this is supported
by dm-crypt with the iv_large_sectors option and also cryptsetup as of 2.3.3
with the --iv-large-sectors, though not with LUKS headers (only with --type
plain). However, support for this has not been included as grub does not
support plain devices right now.
One gotcha here is that the encrypted split keys are encrypted with a hard-
coded 512-byte sector size. So even if your data is encrypted with 4K sector
sizes, the split key encrypted area must be decrypted with a block size of
512 (ie the IV increments every 512 bytes). This made these changes less
aesthetically pleasing than desired.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We need to convert the sectors from the size of the underlying device to the
cryptodisk sector size; segment.size is in bytes which need to be converted
to cryptodisk sectors as well.
Also, removed an empty statement.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add GRUB_TYPE_U_MAX/MIN(type) macros to get the max/min values for an
unsigned number with size of type.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows error messages to be more easily distinguishable between indexes
and slot keys. The former include the string "index" in the error/debug
string, and the later are surrounded in quotes.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use the object name in the json array rather than the 0 based index in the
json array for keyslots, segments, and digests. This is less confusing for
the end user. For example, say you have a LUKS2 device with a key in slot 1
and slot 4. When using the password for slot 4 to unlock the device, the
messages using the index of the keyslot will mention keyslot 1 (its a
zero-based index). Furthermore, with this change the keyslot number will
align with the number used to reference the keyslot when using the
--key-slot argument to cryptsetup.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This allows code using these structs to know the named key associated with
these json data structures. In the future we can use these to provide better
error messages to the user.
Get rid of idx local variable in luks2_get_keyslot() which was overloaded to
be used for both keyslot and segment slot keys.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We should assume that the output argument "out" is uninitialized and could
have random data. So, make sure to initialize the segments and keyslots bit
fields because potentially not all bits of those fields are written to.
Otherwise, the digest could say it belongs to keyslots and segments that it
does not.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This ensures that expected order of operations is preserved when arguments
are expressions.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_disk_get_size() is confusingly named because it actually
returns a sector count where the sectors are sized in the GRUB native sector
size. Rename to something more appropriate.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If there is a loopback device with the same name as the one to be created,
instead of closing the old one and replacing it with the new one, return an
error instead. If the loopback device was created, its probably being used
by something and just replacing it may cause GRUB to crash unexpectedly.
This fixes obvious problems like "loopback d (d)/somefile". Its not too
onerous to force the user to delete the loopback first with the "-d" switch.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is a hardcoded maximum disk size that can be read or written from,
currently set at 1 EiB in grub_disk_adjust_range(). Move the literal into a
macro in disk.h, so our assumptions are more visible. This hard coded limit
does not prevent using larger disks, just GRUB won't read/write past the
limit. The comment accompanying this restriction didn't quite make sense to
me, so its been modified too.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When checking if a block list goes past the end of the disk, make sure
the total size of the disk is in GRUB native sector sizes, otherwise there
will be blocks at the end of the disk inaccessible by block lists.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We don't want to support small MBR gap in pair with anything but the
simplest config of biosdisk + part_msdos + simple filesystem. In this
path "simple filesystems" are all current filesystems except ZFS and
Btrfs.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Part of the code logic for processing the return value of efi
log_extend_event is repetitive and complicated. Extract the
repetitive code into an independent function.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a number of debug logs to the tpm module. The condition tag
for opening debugging is "tpm". On TPM machines, this will bring
great convenience to diagnosis and debugging.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Now that the GRUB has a grub_efi_get_secureboot() function to check the
UEFI Secure Boot status, use it to report that to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The shim_lock module registers a verifier to call shim's verify, but the
handler is registered even when the shim_lock protocol was not installed.
This doesn't cause a NULL pointer dereference in shim_lock_write() because
the shim_lock_init() function just returns GRUB_ERR_NONE if sl isn't set.
But in that case there's no point to even register the shim_lock verifier
since won't do anything. Additionally, it is only useful when Secure Boot
is enabled.
Finally, don't assume that the shim_lock protocol will always be present
when the shim_lock_write() function is called, and check for it on every
call to this function.
Reported-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reported-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It will be used to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot status to
the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is needed to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot status
to the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by subsequent
patches.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GUID will be used to properly detect and report UEFI Secure Boot
status to the x86 Linux kernel. The functionality will be added by
subsequent patches. The shim_lock protocol type is made public for
completeness.
Additionally, fix formatting of four preceding GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marco A Benatto <mbenatto@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building with --target=arm-linux-gnu --with-platform=coreboot
a linking error occurs caused by multiple definitions of the
ps2_state variable.
Mark them as static since they aren't used outside their compilation unit.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This header uses types defined in <grub/types.h> but does not include it,
which leads to compile errors like the following:
In file included from ../include/grub/cpu/linux.h:19,
from kern/efi/sb.c:21:
../include/grub/i386/linux.h:80:3: error: unknown type name ‘grub_uint64_t’
80 | grub_uint64_t addr;
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Nothing defined in the header file is used in the assembly code but it
may lead to build errors if some headers are included through this and
contains definitions that are not recognized by the assembler, e.g.:
../include/grub/types.h: Assembler messages:
../include/grub/types.h:76: Error: no such instruction: `typedef signed char grub_int8_t'
../include/grub/types.h:77: Error: no such instruction: `typedef short grub_int16_t'
../include/grub/types.h:78: Error: no such instruction: `typedef int grub_int32_t'
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Looping variable "j" was named such because the variable name "i" was taken.
Since "i" has been renamed in the previous patch, we can rename "j" to "i".
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Variables named "i" are usually looping variables. So, rename it to
"keyslot_idx" to ease luks2_get_keyslot() reading.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The loop variable "j" should be used to index the digests and segments json
array, instead of the variable "i", which is the keyslot index.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it more obvious to the reader that the disk referred to is the
source disk, as opposed to say the disk holding the cryptodisk.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it clear that the offset represents sectors, not bytes, in
order to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This creates an alignment with grub_disk_t naming of the same field and is
more intuitive as to how it should be used.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This header uses types defined in <grub/types.h> but does not include it,
which leads to compile errors like the following:
../include/grub/cpu/linux.h:27:3: error: unknown type name ‘grub_uint32_t’
27 | grub_uint32_t code0; /* Executable code */
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The header uses the EXPORT_FUNC() macro defined in <grub/types.h> but
doesn't include it, which leads to the following compile error on arm:
../include/grub/cpu/system.h:12:13: error: ‘EXPORT_FUNC’ declared as function returning a function
12 | extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_arm_disable_caches_mmu) (void);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
../include/grub/cpu/system.h:12:1: warning: parameter names (without types) in function declaration
12 | extern void EXPORT_FUNC(grub_arm_disable_caches_mmu) (void);
| ^~~~~~
make[3]: *** [Makefile:36581: kern/efi/kernel_exec-sb.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-install --pubkey is supported, so we can now document it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since commit cd46aa6cef in 2013, grub-install hasn't been a shell
script. The para doesn't really add that much, especially since it's
the user manual, so just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Compiling under clang 10 gives:
grub-core/lib/LzmaEnc.c:1362:9: error: misleading indentation; statement is not part of the previous 'if' [-Werror,-Wmisleading-indentation]
{
^
grub-core/lib/LzmaEnc.c:1358:7: note: previous statement is here
if (repIndex == 0)
^
1 error generated.
It's not really that unclear in context: there's a commented-out
if-statement. But tweak the alignment anyway so that clang is happy.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When setting cipher IV mode, detection is done by prefix matching the
cipher IV mode part of the cipher mode string. Since "plain" matches
"plain64", we must check for "plain64" first. Otherwise, "plain64" will
be detected as "plain".
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently the following is valid syntax but should be a syntax error:
grub> function f; { echo HERE; }
grub> f
HERE
This fix is not backward compatible, but current syntax is not documented
either and has no functional value. So any scripts with this unintended
syntax are technically syntactically incorrect and should not be relying
on this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
LODEVICES is not an array variable and should not be accessed as such.
This allows the f2fs test to pass as it was failing because a device
name had a space prepended to the path.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Acked-by: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
autogen.sh isn't enough:
$ ./autogen.sh
Gnulib not yet bootstrapped; run ./bootstrap instead.
The command "./autogen.sh" exited with 1.
Additionally, using bootstrap requires to install autopoint package.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The UUID header for LUKS2 uses a format with dashes, same as for
LUKS(1). But while we strip these dashes for the latter, we don't for
the former. This isn't wrong per se, but it's definitely inconsistent
for users as they need to use the dashed format for LUKS2 and the
non-dashed format for LUKS when e.g. calling "cryptomount -u $UUID".
Fix this inconsistency by stripping dashes off of the LUKS2 UUID.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Although the tpm_execute() series of functions are defined they are not
used anywhere. Several structures in the include/grub/efi/tpm.h header
file are not used too. There is even nonexistent grub_tpm_init()
declaration in this header. Delete all that unneeded stuff.
If somebody needs the functionality implemented in the dropped code then
he/she can re-add it later. Now it needlessly increases the GRUB
code/image size.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Like the tpm the shim_lock module is only enabled for x86_64 target.
However, there's nothing specific to x86_64 in the implementation and
it can be enabled for all EFI architectures.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename get_active_pcr_blanks() to get_active_pcr_banks().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Specifically fix the subsection and drop bogus reference to the GNU/Linux.
Reported-by: Patrick Higgins <higgi1pt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Commit 3d8439da8 (grub-install: Locale depends on nls) attempted to avoid
copying locale files to the target directory when NLS was disabled.
However the test is inverted, and it does the opposite.
Signed-off-by: Martin Whitaker <fsf@martin-whitaker.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Commit 781b3e5efc (tftp: Do not use priority queue) caused a regression
when fetching files over TFTP whose size is bigger than 65535 * block size.
grub> linux /images/pxeboot/vmlinuz
grub> echo $?
0
grub> initrd /images/pxeboot/initrd.img
error: timeout reading '/images/pxeboot/initrd.img'.
grub> echo $?
28
It is caused by the block number counter being a 16-bit field, which leads
to a maximum file size of ((1 << 16) - 1) * block size. Because GRUB sets
the block size to 1024 octets (by using the TFTP Blocksize Option from RFC
2348 [0]), the maximum file size that can be transferred is 67107840 bytes.
The TFTP PROTOCOL (REVISION 2) RFC 1350 [1] does not mention what a client
should do when a file size is bigger than the maximum, but most TFTP hosts
support the block number counter to be rolled over. That is, acking a data
packet with a block number of 0 is taken as if the 65356th block was acked.
It was working before because the block counter roll-over was happening due
an overflow. But that got fixed by the mentioned commit, which led to the
regression when attempting to fetch files larger than the maximum size.
To allow TFTP file transfers of unlimited size again, re-introduce a block
counter roll-over so the data packets are acked preventing the timeouts.
[0]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2348
[1]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1350
Fixes: 781b3e5efc (tftp: Do not use priority queue)
Suggested-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Here dev is a grub_cryptodisk_t and dev->offset is offset in sectors of size
native to the cryptodisk device. The sector is correctly transformed into
native grub sector size, but then added to dev->offset which is not
transformed. It would be nice if the type system would help us with this.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Washburn <development@efficientek.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While we already set up error messages in both luks2_verify_key() and
luks2_decrypt_key(), we do not ever print them. This makes it really
hard to discover why a given key actually failed to decrypt a disk.
Improve this by including the error message in the user-visible output.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When configuring a LUKS disk, we copy over the UUID from the LUKS header
into the new grub_cryptodisk_t structure via grub_memcpy(). As size
we mistakenly use the size of the grub_cryptodisk_t UUID field, which
is guaranteed to be strictly bigger than the LUKS UUID field we're
copying. As a result, the copy always goes out-of-bounds and copies some
garbage from other surrounding fields. During runtime, this isn't
noticed due to the fact that we always NUL-terminate the UUID and thus
never hit the trailing garbage.
Fix the issue by using the size of the local stripped UUID field.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The C standard does not allow for typedef redefinitions, even if they
map to the same underlying type. In order to avoid including the
jsmn.h in json.h and thus exposing jsmn's internals, we have exactly
such a forward-declaring typedef in json.h. If enforcing the GNU99 C
standard, clang may generate a warning about this non-standard
construct.
Fix the issue by using a simple "struct jsmntok" forward declaration
instead of using a typedef.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Tested-by: Chuck Tuffli <chuck@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
commit 92bfc33db9 ("efi: Free malloc regions on exit")
introduced memory freeing in grub_efi_fini(), which is
used not only by exit path but by halt/reboot one as well.
As result of memory freeing, code and data regions used by
modules, such as halt, reboot, acpi (used by halt) also got
freed. After return to module code, CPU executes, filled
by UEFI firmware (tested with edk2), 0xAFAFAFAF pattern as
a code. Which leads to #UD exception later.
grub> halt
!!!! X64 Exception Type - 06(#UD - Invalid Opcode) CPU Apic ID - 00000000 !!!!
RIP - 0000000003F4EC28, CS - 0000000000000038, RFLAGS - 0000000000200246
RAX - 0000000000000000, RCX - 00000000061DA188, RDX - 0A74C0854DC35D41
RBX - 0000000003E10E08, RSP - 0000000007F0F860, RBP - 0000000000000000
RSI - 00000000064DB768, RDI - 000000000832C5C3
R8 - 0000000000000002, R9 - 0000000000000000, R10 - 00000000061E2E52
R11 - 0000000000000020, R12 - 0000000003EE5C1F, R13 - 00000000061E0FF4
R14 - 0000000003E10D80, R15 - 00000000061E2F60
DS - 0000000000000030, ES - 0000000000000030, FS - 0000000000000030
GS - 0000000000000030, SS - 0000000000000030
CR0 - 0000000080010033, CR2 - 0000000000000000, CR3 - 0000000007C01000
CR4 - 0000000000000668, CR8 - 0000000000000000
DR0 - 0000000000000000, DR1 - 0000000000000000, DR2 - 0000000000000000
DR3 - 0000000000000000, DR6 - 00000000FFFF0FF0, DR7 - 0000000000000400
GDTR - 00000000079EEA98 0000000000000047, LDTR - 0000000000000000
IDTR - 0000000007598018 0000000000000FFF, TR - 0000000000000000
FXSAVE_STATE - 0000000007F0F4C0
Proposal here is to continue to free allocated memory for
exit boot services path but keep it for halt/reboot path
as it won't be much security concern here.
Introduced GRUB_LOADER_FLAG_EFI_KEEP_ALLOCATED_MEMORY
loader flag to be used by efi halt/reboot path.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without any error propagated to the caller, make_file_path()
would then try to advance the invalid device path node with
GRUB_EFI_NEXT_DEVICE_PATH(), which would fail, returning a NULL
pointer that would subsequently be dereferenced. Hence, propagate
errors from copy_file_path().
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Several places we take the length of a device path and subtract 4 from
it, without ever checking that it's >= 4. There are also cases where
this kind of malformation will result in unpredictable iteration,
including treating the length from one dp node as the type in the next
node. These are all errors, no matter where the data comes from.
This patch adds a checking macro, GRUB_EFI_DEVICE_PATH_VALID(), which
can be used in several places, and makes GRUB_EFI_NEXT_DEVICE_PATH()
return NULL and GRUB_EFI_END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH() evaluate as true when
the length is too small. Additionally, it makes several places in the
code check for and return errors in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_free() implementation in grub-core/kern/mm.c safely handles
NULL pointers, and code at many places depends on this. We don't know
that the same is true on all host OSes, so we need to handle the same
behavior in grub-emu's implementation.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
It appears to be possible to make a (possibly invalid) lvm PV with
a metadata size field that overflows our type when adding it to the
address we've allocated. Even if it doesn't, it may be possible to do so
with the math using the outcome of that as an operand. Check them both.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Both node->size and node->namelen come from the supplied filesystem,
which may be user-supplied. We can't trust them for the math unless we
know they don't overflow. Making sure they go through grub_add() or
grub_calloc() first will give us that.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Current implementation of grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align()
does not allow allocation of the top byte.
Assuming input args are:
max_addr = 0xfffff000;
size = 0x1000;
And this is valid. But following overflow protection will
unnecessarily move max_addr one byte down (to 0xffffefff):
if (max_addr > ~size)
max_addr = ~size;
~size + 1 will fix the situation. In addition, check size
for non zero to do not zero max_addr.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Defining a new function with the same name as a previously defined
function causes the grub_script and associated resources for the
previous function to be freed. If the previous function is currently
executing when a function with the same name is defined, this results
in use-after-frees when processing subsequent commands in the original
function.
Instead, reject a new function definition if it has the same name as
a previously defined function, and that function is currently being
executed. Although a behavioural change, this should be backwards
compatible with existing configurations because they can't be
dependent on the current behaviour without being broken.
Fixes: CVE-2020-15706
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This commit introduces integer underflow mitigation in max_addr calculation
in grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align() invocation.
It consists of 2 fixes:
1. Introduced grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align_safe() wrapper function to perform
sanity check for min/max and size values, and to make safe invocation of
grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align() with validated max_addr value. Replace all
invocations such as grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align(..., min_addr, max_addr - size, size, ...)
by grub_relocator_alloc_chunk_align_safe(..., min_addr, max_addr, size, ...).
2. Introduced UP_TO_TOP32(s) macro for the cases where max_addr is 32-bit top
address (0xffffffff - size + 1) or similar.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use arithmetic macros from safemath.h to accomplish it. In this commit,
I didn't want to be too paranoid to check every possible math equation
for overflow/underflow. Only obvious places (with non zero chance of
overflow/underflow) were refactored.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is not need to reassemble the order of blocks. Per RFC 1350,
server must wait for the ACK, before sending next block. Data packets
can be served immediately without putting them to priority queue.
Logic to handle incoming packet is this:
- if packet block id equal to expected block id, then
process the packet,
- if packet block id is less than expected - this is retransmit
of old packet, then ACK it and drop the packet,
- if packet block id is more than expected - that shouldn't
happen, just drop the packet.
It makes the tftp receive path code simpler, smaller and faster.
As a benefit, this change fixes CID# 73624 and CID# 96690, caused
by following while loop:
while (cmp_block (grub_be_to_cpu16 (tftph->u.data.block), data->block + 1) == 0)
where tftph pointer is not moving from one iteration to another, causing
to serve same packet again. Luckily, double serving didn't happen due to
data->block++ during the first iteration.
Fixes: CID 73624, CID 96690
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This requires a very weird input from the serial interface but can cause
an overflow in input_buf (keys) overwriting the next variable (npending)
with the user choice:
(pahole output)
struct grub_terminfo_input_state {
int input_buf[6]; /* 0 24 */
int npending; /* 24 4 */ <- CORRUPT
...snip...
The magic string requires causing this is "ESC,O,],0,1,2,q" and we overflow
npending with "q" (aka increase npending to 161). The simplest fix is to
just to disallow overwrites input_buf, which exactly what this patch does.
Fixes: CID 292449
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The two dimensional array p->posSlotEncoder[4][64] is being dereferenced
using the GetLenToPosState() macro which checks if len is less than 5,
and if so subtracts 2 from it. If len = 0, that is 0 - 2 = 4294967294.
Obviously we don't want to dereference that far out so we check if the
position found is greater or equal kNumLenToPosStates (4) and bail out.
N.B.: Upstream LZMA 18.05 and later has this function completely rewritten
without any history.
Fixes: CID 51526
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When grub_json_parse() succeeds, it returns the root object which
contains a pointer to the provided JSON string. Callers are
responsible for ensuring that this string outlives the root
object and for freeing its memory when it's no longer needed.
If grub_json_parse() fails to parse the provided JSON string,
it frees the string before returning an error. This results
in a double free in luks2_recover_key(), which also frees the
same string after grub_json_parse() returns an error.
This changes grub_json_parse() to never free the JSON string
passed to it, and updates the documentation for it to make it
clear that callers are responsible for ensuring that the string
outlives the root JSON object.
Fixes: CID 292465
Signed-off-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_xnu_devprop_add_property() should not free utf8 and utf16 as it get
allocated and freed in the caller.
Minor improvement: do prop fields initialization after memory allocations.
Fixes: CID 292442, CID 292457, CID 292460, CID 292466
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
self->bitmap should be zeroed after free. Otherwise, there is a chance
to double free (USE_AFTER_FREE) it later in rescale_image().
Fixes: CID 292472
Signed-off-by: Alexey Makhalov <amakhalov@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB font file can have one NAME section only. Though if somebody
crafts a broken font file with many NAME sections and loads it then the
GRUB leaks memory. So, prevent against that by loading first NAME
section and failing in controlled way on following one.
Reported-by: Chris Coulson <chris.coulson@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Setje-Eilers <jan.setjeeilers@oracle.com>
This attempts to fix the places where we do the following where
arithmetic_expr may include unvalidated data:
X = grub_malloc(arithmetic_expr);
It accomplishes this by doing the arithmetic ahead of time using grub_add(),
grub_sub(), grub_mul() and testing for overflow before proceeding.
Among other issues, this fixes:
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_video_bitmap_create()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_png_decode_image_header()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_squash_read_symlink()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_ext2_read_symlink()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in read_section_as_string()
reported by Chris Coulson.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14309, CVE-2020-14310, CVE-2020-14311
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This modifies most of the places we do some form of:
X = malloc(Y * Z);
to use calloc(Y, Z) instead.
Among other issues, this fixes:
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_png_decode_image_header()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in luks_recover_key()
reported by Chris Coulson,
- allocation of integer overflow in grub_lvm_detect()
reported by Chris Coulson.
Fixes: CVE-2020-14308
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This tries to make sure that everywhere in this source tree, we always have
an appropriate version of calloc() (i.e. grub_calloc(), xcalloc(), etc.)
available, and that they all safely check for overflow and return NULL when
it would occur.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This adds a new header, include/grub/safemath.h, that includes easy to
use wrappers for __builtin_{add,sub,mul}_overflow() declared like:
bool OP(a, b, res)
where OP is grub_add, grub_sub or grub_mul. OP() returns true in the
case where the operation would overflow and res is not modified.
Otherwise, false is returned and the operation is executed.
These arithmetic primitives require newer compiler versions. So, bump
these requirements in the INSTALL file too.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When presented with a command that can't be tokenized to anything
smaller than YYLMAX characters, the parser calls YY_FATAL_ERROR(errmsg),
expecting that will stop further processing, as such:
#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \
yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \
yyleng = (int) (yy_cp - yy_bp); \
yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \
*yy_cp = '\0'; \
if ( yyleng >= YYLMAX ) \
YY_FATAL_ERROR( "token too large, exceeds YYLMAX" ); \
yy_flex_strncpy( yytext, yyg->yytext_ptr, yyleng + 1 , yyscanner); \
yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp;
The code flex generates expects that YY_FATAL_ERROR() will either return
for it or do some form of longjmp(), or handle the error in some way at
least, and so the strncpy() call isn't in an "else" clause, and thus if
YY_FATAL_ERROR() is *not* actually fatal, it does the call with the
questionable limit, and predictable results ensue.
Unfortunately, our implementation of YY_FATAL_ERROR() is:
#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) \
do { \
grub_printf (_("fatal error: %s\n"), _(msg)); \
} while (0)
The same pattern exists in yyless(), and similar problems exist in users
of YY_INPUT(), several places in the main parsing loop,
yy_get_next_buffer(), yy_load_buffer_state(), yyensure_buffer_stack,
yy_scan_buffer(), etc.
All of these callers expect YY_FATAL_ERROR() to actually be fatal, and
the things they do if it returns after calling it are wildly unsafe.
Fixes: CVE-2020-10713
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting on an ARMv8 core that implements either CTR.IDC or CTR.DIC
(indicating that some of the cache maintenance operations can be
removed when dealing with I/D-cache coherency, GRUB dies with a
"Unsupported cache type 0x........" message.
This is pretty likely to happen when running in a virtual machine
hosted on an arm64 machine (I've triggered it on a system built around
a bunch of Cortex-A55 cores, which implements CTR.IDC).
It turns out that the way GRUB deals with the CTR register is a bit
harsh for anything from ARMv7 onwards. The layout of the register is
backward compatible, meaning that nothing that gets added is allowed to
break earlier behaviour. In this case, ignoring IDC is completely fine,
and only results in unnecessary cache maintenance.
We can thus avoid being paranoid, and align the 32bit behaviour with
its 64bit equivalent.
This patch has the added benefit that it gets rid of a (gnu-specific)
case range too.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
XSM is enabled by adding "flask=enforcing" as a Xen command line
argument, and providing the policy file as a grub module.
We make entries for both with and without XSM. If XSM is not compiled
into Xen, then there are no policy files, so no change to the boot
options.
Signed-off-by: Ian Jackson <ian.jackson@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
file_is_not_sym() currently only checks for xen-syms. Extend it to
disregard xenpolicy (XSM policy files) and files ending .config (which
are built by the Xen upstream build system in some configurations and
can therefore end up in /boot).
Rename the function accordingly, to file_is_not_xen_garbage().
Signed-off-by: Ian Jackson <ian.jackson@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Nested functions are not supported in C, but are permitted as an extension
in the GNU C dialect. Commit cb2f15c544 ("normal/main: Search for specific
config files for netboot") added a nested function which caused the build
to break when compiling with clang.
Break that out into a static helper function to make the code portable again.
Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The module is only enabled for x86_64, but there's nothing specific to
x86_64 in the implementation and can be enabled for all EFI platforms.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
..to reflect the GRUB build reality in them.
Additionally, fix text formatting a bit.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
Commit d5a32255d (misc: Make grub_strtol() "end" pointers have safer
const qualifiers) introduced "restrict" keyword into some functions
definitions. This keyword was introduced in C99 standard. However, some
compilers by default may use C89 or something different. This behavior
leads to the breakage during builds when c89 or gnu89 is in force. So,
let's set gnu99 C language standard for all compilers by default. This
way a bit random build issue will be fixed and the GRUB source will be
build consistently regardless of type and version of the compiler.
It was decided to use gnu99 C language standard because it fixes the
issue mentioned above and also provides some useful extensions which are
used here and there in the GRUB source. Potentially we can use gnu11
too. However, this may reduce pool of older compilers which can be used
to build the GRUB. So, let's live with gnu99 until we discover that we
strongly require a feature from newer C standard.
The user is still able to override C language standard using relevant
*_CFLAGS variables.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
grub_tpm_log_event() and grub_tpm_measure() are two functions that
have the same effect. So, keep grub_tpm_log_event() and rename it
to grub_tpm_measure(). This way we get also a more clear semantics.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Like grub_verifiers_open(), the grub_verify_string() should also
display this debug message, which is very helpful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Tianjia Zhang <tianjia.zhang@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If an existing variable is set with a value whose length is smaller than
the current value, a memory corruption can happen due copying padding '#'
characters outside of the environment block buffer.
This is caused by a wrong calculation of the previous free space position
after moving backward the characters that followed the old variable value.
That position is calculated to fill the remaining of the buffer with the
padding '#' characters. But since isn't calculated correctly, it can lead
to copies outside of the buffer.
The issue can be reproduced by creating a variable with a large value and
then try to set a new value that is much smaller:
$ grub2-editenv --version
grub2-editenv (GRUB) 2.04
$ grub2-editenv env create
$ grub2-editenv env set a="$(for i in {1..500}; do var="b$var"; done; echo $var)"
$ wc -c env
1024 grubenv
$ grub2-editenv env set a="$(for i in {1..50}; do var="b$var"; done; echo $var)"
malloc(): corrupted top size
Aborted (core dumped)
$ wc -c env
0 grubenv
Reported-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove all documentation of and mentions of the uppermem
command from the docs/grub.texi file.
The uppermem command is not implemented in the GRUB source
at all and appears to never have been implemented despite
former plans to add an uppermem command.
To reduce user confusion, this even removes the paragraph
describing how GRUB's uppermem command was supposed to
complement the Linux kernel's mem= parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Remove the documentation of the pxe_unload command from the
docs/grub.texi file.
The pxe_unload command is not implemented in the grub source
at this time at all. It appears to have been removed in commit
671a78acb (cleanup pxe and efi network release).
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a few patterns to .gitignore to cover files which are generated
by building grub ("make", "make check", "make dist") but which have
been forgotten to add to .gitignore in the past.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Going through the list of gitignore patterns without a leading slash,
this adds a leading slash where it appears to have been forgotten.
Some gitignore patterns like ".deps/" or "Makefile" clearly should
match everywhere, so those definitively need no leading slash.
For some patterns like "ascii.bitmaps", it is unclear where in the
source tree they should match. Those patterns are kept as they are,
matching the patterns in the whole tree of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add trailing slashes for all patterns matching directories.
Note that we do *not* add trailing slashes for *symlinks*
to directories.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Alphabetically sort the two groups of gitignore patterns:
* The group of patterns without slashes, matching anywhere
in the directory subtree.
* The group of patterns with slashes, matching relative to the
.gitignore file's directory
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Group the .gitignore patterns into two groups:
* Pattern not including a slash, i.e. matching files anywhere in
the .gitignore file's directory and all of its subdirectories.
* Patterns including a slash, i.e. matching only relative to the
.gitignore file's directory.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
As all gitignore patterns containing a left or middle slash match
only relative to the .gitignore file's directory, we write them
all in the same manner with a leading slash.
This makes the file significantly easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulrich Niedermann <hun@n-dimensional.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Lack of them causes random instructions to be executed before the
jump really happens.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When decrypting a given keyslot, all error cases except for one set up
an error and return the error code. The only exception is when we try to
read the area key: instead of setting up an error message, we directly
print it via grub_dprintf().
Convert the outlier to use grub_error() to allow more uniform handling
of errors.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@kps.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With the upstream change having landed that adds a name to the
previously anonymous "jsmntok" typedef, we can now add a forward
declaration for that struct in our code. As a result, we no longer have
to store the "tokens" member of "struct grub_json" as a void pointer but
can instead use the forward declaration, allowing us to get rid of casts
of that field.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update our embedded version of the jsmn library to upstream commit
053d3cd (Merge pull request #175 from pks-t/pks/struct-type,
2020-04-02).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The fwsetup command allows to reboot into the EFI firmware setup menu, add
a template to include a menu entry on EFI systems that makes use of that
command to reboot into the EFI firmware settings.
This is useful for users since the hotkey to enter into the EFI setup menu
may not be the same on all systems so users can use the menu entry without
needing to figure out what key needs to be pressed.
Also, if fastboot is enabled in the BIOS then often it is not possible to
enter the firmware setup menu. So the entry is again useful for this case.
Signed-off-by: Steve Langasek <steve.langasek@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <xnox@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On some devices the ESC key is the hotkey to enter the BIOS/EFI setup
screen, making it really hard to time pressing it right. Besides that
ESC is also pretty hard to discover for a user who does not know it
will unhide the menu.
This commit makes F4, which was chosen because is not used as a hotkey
to enter the BIOS setup by any vendor, also interrupt sleeps / stop the
menu countdown.
This solves the ESC gets into the BIOS setup and also somewhat solves
the discoverability issue, but leaves the timing issue unresolved.
This commit fixes the timing issue by also adding support for keeping
SHIFT pressed during boot to stop the menu countdown. This matches
what Ubuntu is doing, which should also help with discoverability.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If we're running with a hidden menu we may never need text mode, so do not
change the video-mode to text until we actually need it.
This allows to boot a machine without unnecessary graphical transitions and
provide a seamless boot experience to users.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Implement getkeystatus() support in the EFI console driver.
This is needed because the logic to determine if a key was pressed to make
the menu countdown stop will be changed by a later patch to also take into
account the SHIFT key being held down.
For this reason the EFI console driver has to support getkeystatus() to
allow detecting that event.
Note that if a non-modifier key gets pressed and repeated calls to
getkeystatus() are made then it will return the modifier status at the
time of the non-modifier key, until that key-press gets consumed by a
getkey() call.
This is a side-effect of how the EFI simple-text-input protocol works
and cannot be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a preparatory patch for adding getkeystatus() support to the
EFI console driver.
We can get modifier status through the simple_text_input read_key_stroke()
method, but if a non-modifier key is (also) pressed the read_key_stroke()
call will consume that key from the firmware's queue.
The new grub_console_read_key_stroke() helper buffers upto 1 key-stroke.
If it has a non-modifier key buffered, it will return that one, if its
buffer is empty, it will fills its buffer by getting a new key-stroke.
If called with consume=1 it will empty its buffer after copying the
key-data to the callers buffer, this is how getkey() will use it.
If called with consume=0 it will keep the last key-stroke buffered, this
is how getkeystatus() will call it. This means that if a non-modifier
key gets pressed, repeated getkeystatus() calls will return the modifiers
of that key-press until it is consumed by a getkey() call.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move grub_getkeystatushelper() function from grub-core/commands/keystatus.c
to grub-core/kern/term.c and export it so that it can be used outside of
the keystatus command code too.
There's no logic change in this patch. The function definition is moved so
it can be called from grub-core/kern/term.c in a subsequent patch. It will
be used to determine if a SHIFT key has was held down and use that also to
interrupt the countdown, without the need to press a key at the right time.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is just a preparatory patch to move the functions higher in the file,
since these will be called by the grub_prepare_for_text_output() function
that will be introduced in a later patch.
The logic is unchanged by this patch. Functions definitions are just moved
to avoid a forward declaration in a later patch, keeping the code clean.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, an image generated with 'grub-mkimage -n' causes an error when
read with 'readelf -a':
Displaying notes found at file offset 0x000106f0 with length 0x0000002c:
Owner Data size Description
readelf: Warning: note with invalid namesz and/or descsz found at offset 0x0
readelf: Warning: type: 0x1275, namesize: 0x00000008, descsize: 0x0000002c, alignment: 4
This is because the descsz of the CHRP note is set to
sizeof (struct grub_ieee1275_note)
which is the size of the entire note, including name and elf header. The
desczs should contain only the contents, not the name and header sizes.
Set the descsz instead to 'sizeof (struct grub_ieee1275_note_desc)'
Resultant readelf output:
Displaying notes found at file offset 0x00010710 with length 0x0000002c:
Owner Data size Description
PowerPC 0x00000018 Unknown note type: (0x00001275)
description data: ff ff ff ff 00 c0 00 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 00 00 40 00
So far as I can tell this issue has existed for as long as the note
generation code has existed, but I guess nothing really checks descsz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We bumped into the build error while testing gcc-10 pre-release.
In file included from ../../include/grub/file.h:22,
from ../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:34:
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c: In function 'zap_leaf_lookup':
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:2263:44: error: array subscript '<unknown>' is outside the bounds of an interior zero-length array 'grub_uint16_t[0]' {aka 'short unsigned int[0]'} [-Werror=zero-length-bounds]
2263 | for (chunk = grub_zfs_to_cpu16 (l->l_hash[LEAF_HASH (blksft, h, l)], endian);
../../include/grub/types.h:241:48: note: in definition of macro 'grub_le_to_cpu16'
241 | # define grub_le_to_cpu16(x) ((grub_uint16_t) (x))
| ^
../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:2263:16: note: in expansion of macro 'grub_zfs_to_cpu16'
2263 | for (chunk = grub_zfs_to_cpu16 (l->l_hash[LEAF_HASH (blksft, h, l)], endian);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from ../../grub-core/fs/zfs/zfs.c:48:
../../include/grub/zfs/zap_leaf.h:72:16: note: while referencing 'l_hash'
72 | grub_uint16_t l_hash[0];
| ^~~~~~
Here I'd like to quote from the gcc document [1] which seems best to
explain what is going on here.
"Although the size of a zero-length array is zero, an array member of
this kind may increase the size of the enclosing type as a result of
tail padding. The offset of a zero-length array member from the
beginning of the enclosing structure is the same as the offset of an
array with one or more elements of the same type. The alignment of a
zero-length array is the same as the alignment of its elements.
Declaring zero-length arrays in other contexts, including as interior
members of structure objects or as non-member objects, is discouraged.
Accessing elements of zero-length arrays declared in such contexts is
undefined and may be diagnosed."
The l_hash[0] is apparnetly an interior member to the enclosed structure
while l_entries[0] is the trailing member. And the offending code tries
to access members in l_hash[0] array that triggers the diagnose.
Given that the l_entries[0] is used to get proper alignment to access
leaf chunks, we can accomplish the same thing through the ALIGN_UP macro
thus eliminating l_entries[0] from the structure. In this way we can
pacify the warning as l_hash[0] now becomes the last member to the
enclosed structure.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We bumped into the build error while testing gcc-10 pre-release.
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c: In function 'grub_mdraid_detect':
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:181:15: error: array subscript <unknown> is outside array bounds of 'grub_uint16_t[0]' {aka 'short unsigned int[0]'} [-Werror=array-bounds]
181 | (char *) &sb.dev_roles[grub_le_to_cpu32 (sb.dev_number)]
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:98:17: note: while referencing 'dev_roles'
98 | grub_uint16_t dev_roles[0]; /* Role in array, or 0xffff for a spare, or 0xfffe for faulty. */
| ^~~~~~~~~
../../grub-core/disk/mdraid1x_linux.c:127:33: note: defined here 'sb'
127 | struct grub_raid_super_1x sb;
| ^~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Apparently gcc issues the warning when trying to access sb.dev_roles
array's member, since it is a zero length array as the last element of
struct grub_raid_super_1x that is allocated sparsely without extra
chunks for the trailing bits, so the warning looks legitimate in this
regard.
As the whole thing here is doing offset computation, it is undue to use
syntax that would imply array member access then take address from it
later. Instead we could accomplish the same thing through basic array
pointer arithmetic to pacify the warning.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With recent versions of gcc on Ubuntu a very large lzma_decompress.img file is
output. (e.g. 134479600 bytes instead of 2864.) This causes grub-mkimage to
fail with: "error: Decompressor is too big."
This seems to be caused by a section .note.gnu.property that is placed at an
offset such that objcopy needs to pad the img file with zeros.
This issue is present on:
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 8.3.0-26ubuntu1~19.10) 8.3.0
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 9.2.1-9ubuntu2) 9.2.1 20191008
This issue is not present on:
Ubuntu 19.10 with gcc (Ubuntu 7.5.0-3ubuntu1~19.10) 7.5.0
RHEL 8.0 with gcc 8.3.1 20190507 (Red Hat 8.3.1-4)
The issue can be fixed by removing the section using objcopy as shown in
this patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Hardy <simon.hardy@itdev.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add notes on LVM cache booting to the GRUB manual to help user understanding
the outstanding issue and status.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The LVM cache logical volume is the logical volume consisting of the original
and the cache pool logical volume. The original is usually on a larger and
slower storage device while the cache pool is on a smaller and faster one. The
performance of the original volume can be improved by storing the frequently
used data on the cache pool to utilize the greater performance of faster
device.
The default cache mode "writethrough" ensures that any data written will be
stored both in the cache and on the origin LV, therefore grub can be straight
to read the original lv as no data loss is guarenteed.
The second cache mode is "writeback", which delays writing from the cache pool
back to the origin LV to have increased performance. The drawback is potential
data loss if losing the associated cache device.
During the boot time grub reads the LVM offline i.e. LVM volumes are not
activated and mounted, hence it should be fine to read directly from original
lv since all cached data should have been flushed back in the process of taking
it offline.
It is also not much helpful to the situation by adding fsync calls to the
install code. The fsync did not force to write back dirty cache to the original
device and rather it would update associated cache metadata to complete the
write transaction with the cache device. IOW the writes to cached blocks still
go only to the cache device.
To write back dirty cache, as LVM cache did not support dirty cache flush per
block range, there'no way to do it for file. On the other hand the "cleaner"
policy is implemented and can be used to write back "all" dirty blocks in a
cache, which effectively drain all dirty cache gradually to attain and last in
the "clean" state, which can be useful for shrinking or decommissioning a
cache. The result and effect is not what we are looking for here.
In conclusion, as it seems no way to enforce file writes to the original
device, grub may suffer from power failure as it cannot assemble the cache
device and read the dirty data from it. However since the case is only
applicable to writeback mode which is sensitive to data lost in nature, I'd
still like to propose my (relatively simple) patch and treat reading dirty
cache as improvement.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building GRUB with memory management debugging enabled, then the
build fails because of `grub_debug_malloc()` and `grub_debug_free()`
being undefined in the luks2 module. The cause is that we patch
"base64.h" to unconditionaly include "config-util.h", which shouldn't be
included for modules at all. As a result, `MM_DEBUG` is defined when
building the module, causing it to use the debug memory allocation
functions. As these are not built into modules, we end up with a linker
error.
Fix the issue by removing the <config-util.h> include altogether. The
sole reason it was included was for the `_GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST` macro,
which we can simply define as empty in case it's not set.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The memory management system supports a debug mode that can be enabled
at build time by passing "--enable-mm-debug" to the configure script.
Passing the option will cause us define MM_DEBUG as expected, but in
fact the reverse option "--disable-mm-debug" will do the exact same
thing and also set up the define. This currently causes the build of
"lib/gnulib/base64.c" to fail as it tries to use `grub_debug_malloc()`
and `grub_debug_free()` even though both symbols aren't defined.
Seemingly, `AC_ARG_ENABLE()` will always execute the third argument if
either the positive or negative option was passed. Let's thus fix the
issue by moving the call to`AC_DEFINE()` into an explicit `if test
$xenable_mm_debug` block, similar to how other defines work.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
This provides the node's attributes outside the iterator function
so the file modification time can be accessed and reported.
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fixes a build failure:
grub-core/commands/date.c:49: undefined reference to `grub_get_weekday_name'
grub-core/commands/ls.c:155: undefined reference to `grub_unixtime2datetime'
Bug: https://bugs.gentoo.org/711512
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While GRUB has no platform support for SuperH (sh4) yet, this change
adds the target-specific handling of soft-floats such that the GRUB
utilities can be built on this target.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, in some builds with some checkers, we see:
1. grub-core/disk/efi/efidisk.c:601: error[shiftTooManyBitsSigned]: Shifting signed 64-bit value by 63 bits is undefined behaviour
This is because grub_efi_status_t is defined as grub_efi_intn_t, which is
signed, and shifting into the sign bit is not defined behavior. UEFI fixed
this in the spec in 2.3:
2.3 | Change the defined type of EFI_STATUS from INTN to UINTN | May 7, 2009
And the current EDK2 code has:
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-//
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-// Status codes common to all execution phases
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-//
MdePkg/Include/Base.h:typedef UINTN RETURN_STATUS;
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Produces a RETURN_STATUS code with the highest bit set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to convert into a warning code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- StatusCode must be in the range 0x00000000..0x7FFFFFFF.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @return The value specified by StatusCode with the highest bit set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define ENCODE_ERROR(StatusCode) ((RETURN_STATUS)(MAX_BIT | (StatusCode)))
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Produces a RETURN_STATUS code with the highest bit clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to convert into a warning code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- StatusCode must be in the range 0x00000000..0x7FFFFFFF.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @return The value specified by StatusCode with the highest bit clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define ENCODE_WARNING(StatusCode) ((RETURN_STATUS)(StatusCode))
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-/**
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- Returns TRUE if a specified RETURN_STATUS code is an error code.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- This function returns TRUE if StatusCode has the high bit set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @param StatusCode The status code value to evaluate.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @retval TRUE The high bit of StatusCode is set.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h- @retval FALSE The high bit of StatusCode is clear.
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-**/
MdePkg/Include/Base.h-#define RETURN_ERROR(StatusCode) (((INTN)(RETURN_STATUS)(StatusCode)) < 0)
...
Uefi/UefiBaseType.h:typedef RETURN_STATUS EFI_STATUS;
This patch makes grub's implementation match the Edk2 declaration with regards
to the signedness of the type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
All other video drivers use "video" as the debug condition instead of "fb"
so change this in the efi/uga driver to make it consistent with the others.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
No messages were printed in this function, add some to ease debugging.
Also, the function returns a void * pointer so return NULL instead of
0 to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We get 64 bit from PCI BAR but then truncate by assigning to 32 bit.
Make sure to check that pointer does not overflow on 32 bit platform.
Closes: 50931
Signed-off-by: Andrei Borzenkov <arvidjaar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
EFI GOP has support for multiple different bitness types of frame buffers
and for a special "BLT only" type which is always defined to be RGBx.
Because grub2 doesn't ever directly access the frame buffer but instead
only renders graphics via the BLT interface anyway, we can easily support
these adapters.
The reason this has come up now is the emerging support for virtio-gpu
in OVMF. That adapter does not have the notion of a memory mapped frame
buffer and thus is BLT only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Coverity Scan reports that the grub_strrchr() function can return NULL if
the character is not found. Check if that's the case for dirfile pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function that searches the mods section base address does not have
any debug information. Add some debugging outputs that could be useful.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The Micron PCIe SSDs Linux driver (mtip32xx) exposes block devices
as /dev/rssd[a-z]+[0-9]*. Add support for these rssd device names.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Linux creates modalias strings by filtering out non-ASCII, space,
and colon characters. Provide an option that does the same filtering
so people can create a modalias string in GRUB, and then match their
modalias patterns against it.
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When running make dist, I hit this error:
rm -f en@arabic.gmo && /usr/bin/gmsgfmt -c --statistics --verbose -o en@arabic.gmoen@arabic.po
en@arabic.po:5312: 'msgstr' is not a valid C format string, unlike 'msgid'.
Reason: The character that terminates the directive number 3 is not a valid conversion specifier.
/usr/bin/gmsgfmt: found 1 fatal error
This was caused by "%m" being replaced with foreign Unicode characters.
For example:
msgid "cannot rename the file %s to %s: %m"
msgstr "ﺹﺎﻨﻧﻮﺗ ﺮﻌﻧﺎﻤﻋ ﺖﻬﻋ ﻒִﻴﻠﻋ %s ﺕﻭ %s: %ﻡ"
Mimic the workaround used for "%s" by reversing the replacement of "%m" at
the end of the sed programs.
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These were inadvertently lost during the conversion to Gnulib (gnulib:
Upgrade Gnulib and switch to bootstrap tool; commit 35b909062). The
files in po/gettext-patches/ can be imported using "git am" on top of
the gettext tag corresponding to AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION in configure.ac
(currently 0.18.3). They handle translation of messages in shell files,
make msgfmt output in little-endian format, and arrange to use @SHELL@
rather than /bin/sh.
There were some changes solely for the purpose of distributing extra
files; for ease of maintenance, I've added these to
conf/Makefile.extra-dist instead.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?57298
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently the string functions grub_strtol(), grub_strtoul(), and
grub_strtoull() don't declare the "end" pointer in such a way as to
require the pointer itself or the character array to be immutable to the
implementation, nor does the C standard do so in its similar functions,
though it does require us not to change any of it.
The typical declarations of these functions follow this pattern:
long
strtol(const char * restrict nptr, char ** restrict endptr, int base);
Much of the reason for this is historic, and a discussion of that
follows below, after the explanation of this change. (GRUB currently
does not include the "restrict" qualifiers, and we name the arguments a
bit differently.)
The implementation is semantically required to treat the character array
as immutable, but such accidental modifications aren't stopped by the
compiler, and the semantics for both the callers and the implementation
of these functions are sometimes also helped by adding that requirement.
This patch changes these declarations to follow this pattern instead:
long
strtol(const char * restrict nptr,
const char ** const restrict endptr,
int base);
This means that if any modification to these functions accidentally
introduces either an errant modification to the underlying character
array, or an accidental assignment to endptr rather than *endptr, the
compiler should generate an error. (The two uses of "restrict" in this
case basically mean strtol() isn't allowed to modify the character array
by going through *endptr, and endptr isn't allowed to point inside the
array.)
It also means the typical use case changes to:
char *s = ...;
const char *end;
long l;
l = strtol(s, &end, 10);
Or even:
const char *p = str;
while (p && *p) {
long l = strtol(p, &p, 10);
...
}
This fixes 26 places where we discard our attempts at treating the data
safely by doing:
const char *p = str;
long l;
l = strtol(p, (char **)&ptr, 10);
It also adds 5 places where we do:
char *p = str;
while (p && *p) {
long l = strtol(p, (const char ** const)&p, 10);
...
/* more calls that need p not to be pointer-to-const */
}
While moderately distasteful, this is a better problem to have.
With one minor exception, I have tested that all of this compiles
without relevant warnings or errors, and that /much/ of it behaves
correctly, with gcc 9 using 'gcc -W -Wall -Wextra'. The one exception
is the changes in grub-core/osdep/aros/hostdisk.c , which I have no idea
how to build.
Because the C standard defined type-qualifiers in a way that can be
confusing, in the past there's been a slow but fairly regular stream of
churn within our patches, which add and remove the const qualifier in many
of the users of these functions. This change should help avoid that in
the future, and in order to help ensure this, I've added an explanation
in misc.h so that when someone does get a compiler warning about a type
error, they have the fix at hand.
The reason we don't have "const" in these calls in the standard is
purely anachronistic: C78 (de facto) did not have type qualifiers in the
syntax, and the "const" type qualifier was added for C89 (I think; it
may have been later). strtol() appears to date from 4.3BSD in 1986,
which means it could not be added to those functions in the standard
without breaking compatibility, which is usually avoided.
The syntax chosen for type qualifiers is what has led to the churn
regarding usage of const, and is especially confusing on string
functions due to the lack of a string type. Quoting from C99, the
syntax is:
declarator:
pointer[opt] direct-declarator
direct-declarator:
identifier
( declarator )
direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-list[opt] assignment-expression[opt] ]
...
direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-list[opt] * ]
...
pointer:
* type-qualifier-list[opt]
* type-qualifier-list[opt] pointer
type-qualifier-list:
type-qualifier
type-qualifier-list type-qualifier
...
type-qualifier:
const
restrict
volatile
So the examples go like:
const char foo; // immutable object
const char *foo; // mutable pointer to object
char * const foo; // immutable pointer to mutable object
const char * const foo; // immutable pointer to immutable object
const char const * const foo; // XXX extra const keyword in the middle
const char * const * const foo; // immutable pointer to immutable
// pointer to immutable object
const char ** const foo; // immutable pointer to mutable pointer
// to immutable object
Making const left-associative for * and right-associative for everything
else may not have been the best choice ever, but here we are, and the
inevitable result is people using trying to use const (as they should!),
putting it at the wrong place, fighting with the compiler for a bit, and
then either removing it or typecasting something in a bad way. I won't
go into describing restrict, but its syntax has exactly the same issue
as with const.
Anyway, the last example above actually represents the *behavior* that's
required of strtol()-like functions, so that's our choice for the "end"
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On a 32-bit SPARC userland, configure fails to compile assembly and the
build fails:
checking for options to compile assembly... configure: error: could not compile assembly
config.log shows:
asm-tests/sparc64.S: Assembler messages:
asm-tests/sparc64.S:5: Error: Architecture mismatch on "lduw [%o4+4],%o4".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:5: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
asm-tests/sparc64.S:7: Error: Architecture mismatch on "stw %o5,[%o3]".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:7: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
asm-tests/sparc64.S:8: Error: Architecture mismatch on "bne,pt %icc,1b ,pt %icc,1b".
asm-tests/sparc64.S:8: (Requires v9|v9a|v9b|v9c|v9d|v9e|v9v|v9m|m8; requested architecture is sparclite.)
Simply moving these blocks earlier in configure.ac is sufficient to
ensure that the tests are executed with the appropriate flags
(specifically -m64 in this case).
Bug: https://bugs.gentoo.org/667850
Signed-off-by: Mike Gilbert <floppym@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
The debug message printed when decryption with a keyslot fails is
missing its trailing newline. Add it to avoid mangling it with
subsequent output.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The necessary check for NULL before use of function ver->close is not
taking place in the failure path. This patch simply adds the missing
check and fixes the problem that GRUB hangs indefinitely after booting
rogue image without valid signature if secure boot is turned on.
Now it displays like this for booting rogue UEFI image:
error: bad shim signature
error: you need to load the kernel first
Press any key to continue...
and then you can go back to boot menu by pressing any key or after a few
seconds expired.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub-editenv create command will wrongly overwrite /boot/grub2/grubenv
with a regular file if grubenv is a symbolic link. But instead, it should
create a new file in the path the symlink points to.
This lets /boot/grub2/grubenv be a symlink to /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grubenv
even when they're different mount points, which allows grub2-editenv to be
the same across platforms (i.e. UEFI vs BIOS).
For example, in Fedora the GRUB EFI builds have prefix set to /EFI/fedora
(on the EFI System Partition), but for BIOS machine it'll be /boot/grub2
(which may or may not be its own mountpoint).
With this patch, on EFI machines we can make /boot/grub2/grubenv a symlink
to /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grubenv, and the same copy of grub-set-default will
work on both kinds of systems.
Windows doesn't implement a readlink primitive, so the current behaviour is
maintained for this operating system.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lebon <jlebon@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently grub-editenv and related tools are not able to follow symbolic
links when finding their config file. For example the grub-editenv create
command will wrongly overwrite a symlink in /boot/grub2/grubenv with a new
regular file, instead of creating a file in the path the symlink points to.
A following patch will change that and add support in grub-editenv to
follow symbolic links when finding the grub environment variables file.
Add a grub_util_readlink() helper function that is just a wrapper around
the platform specific function to read the value of a symbolic link. This
helper function will be used by the following patch for grub-editenv.
The helper function is not added for Windows, since this operating system
doesn't have a primitive to read the contents of a symbolic link.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add documentation to the GRUB manual that specifies the order netboot
clients use to select a GRUB configuration file.
Also explain that the feature is enabled by default but can be disabled
by setting the "feature_net_search_cfg" environment variable to "n" in
an embedded configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marshall <rmarshall@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch implements a search for a specific configuration when the config
file is on a remoteserver. It uses the following order:
1) DHCP client UUID option.
2) MAC address (in lower case hexadecimal with dash separators);
3) IP (in upper case hexadecimal) or IPv6;
4) The original grub.cfg file.
This procedure is similar to what is used by pxelinux and yaboot:
http://www.syslinux.org/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX#config
It is enabled by default but can be disabled by setting the environment
variable "feature_net_search_cfg" to "n" in an embedded configuration.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=873406
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch sets a net_<interface>_clientid and net_<interface>_clientuuid
GRUB environment variables, using the DHCP client ID and UUID options if
these are found.
In the same way than net_<interface>_<option> variables are set for other
options such domain name, boot file, next server, etc.
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions enum values are a mixture of
decimal and hexadecimal numbers. Change this to consistently use decimal
numbers for all since that is how these values are defined by RFC 2132.
Suggested-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The printf(3) function has support for the %X format specifier, to output
an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase.
This can be achived in GRUB using the %x format specifier in grub_printf()
and calling grub_toupper(), but it is more convenient if there is support
for %X in grub_printf().
Signed-off-by: Paulo Flabiano Smorigo <pfsmorigo@br.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The common datetime helper functions are currently included in the normal
module, but this makes any other module that calls these functions to have
a dependency with the normal module only for this reason.
Since the normal module does a lot of stuff, it calls functions from other
modules. But since other modules may depend on it for calling the datetime
helpers, this could lead to circular dependencies between modules.
As an example, when platform == xen the grub_get_datetime() function from
the datetime module calls to the grub_unixtime2datetime() helper function
from the normal module. Which leads to the following module dependency:
datetime -> normal
and send_dhcp_packet() from the net module calls the grub_get_datetime()
function, which leads to the following module dependency:
net -> datetime -> normal
but that means that the normal module is not allowed to depend on net or
any other module that depends on it due the transitive dependency caused
by datetime. A recent patch attempted to add support to fetch the config
file over the network, which leads to the following circular dependency:
normal -> net -> datetime -> normal
So having the datetime helpers in the normal module makes it quite fragile
and easy to add circular dependencies like these, that break the build due
the genmoddep.awk script catching the issues.
Fix this by taking the datetime helper functions out of the normal module
and instead add them to the datetime module itself. Besides fixing these
issues, it makes more sense to have these helper functions there anyways.
Reported-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch updates the miniLZO library to a newer version, which among other
things fixes "CVE-2014-4607 - lzo: lzo1x_decompress_safe() integer overflow"
that is present in the current used in GRUB.
It also updates the "GRUB Developers Manual", to mention that the library is
used and describes the process to update it to a newer release when needed.
Resolves: http://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?42635
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gcc says:
grub-core/fs/squash4.c: In function ‘direct_read’:
grub-core/fs/squash4.c:868:10: error: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in
this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
868 | if (err)
| ^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This patch initializes it to GRUB_ERR_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While testing the 86-DOS lDebug [1] booting from GRUB2, newer versions of the
debugger would fail to load when booted using GRUB's freedos command. The
behaviour observed in a qemu i386 machine was that the ROM-BIOS's boot load
would start anew, instead of loading the selected debugger as kernel.
It came to light that there was a size limit: Kernel files that were 58880
bytes (E600h) long or shorter succeeded to boot, while files that were 64000
bytes or longer failed in the manner described.
Eventually it turned out that the relocator16 stub succeeded whenever it was
placed completely within the first 64 KiB of the Low Memory Area. The chunk
for the relocator is allocated with a minimum address of 0x8010 and a maximum
address just below 0xA0000 [2]. That means if the kernel is, for instance,
E600h bytes long, then the kernel will be allocated memory starting at 00600h
(the fixed FreeDOS kernel load address) up to E600h + 00600h = 0EC00h, which
leaves 1400h (5120) bytes for the relocator to stay in the first 64 KiB.
If the kernel is 64000 bytes (FA00h) long, then the relocator must go to
FA00h + 00600h = 10000h at least which is outside the first 64 KiB.
The problem is that the relocator16 initialises the DS register with a
"pseudo real mode" descriptor, which is defined with a segment limit of
64 KiB and a segment base of zero. After that, the relocator addressed
parts of itself (implicitly) using the DS register, with an offset from
ESI, which holds the linear address of the relocator's base [3]. With the
larger kernel files this would lead to accessing data beyond the 64 KiB
segment limit, presumably leading to a fault and perhaps a subsequent
triple-fault or such.
This patch fixes the relocator to set the segment base of the descriptors
to the base address of the relocator; then, the subsequent accesses to
the relocator's variables are done without the ESI register as an index.
This does not interfere with the relocator's or its target's normal
operation; the segment limits are still loaded with 64 KiB and all the
segment bases are subsequently reset by the relocator anyway.
Current versions of the debugger to test are uploaded to [4]. The file
ldebugnh.com (LZ4-compressed and built with -D_EXTHELP=0) at 58368 bytes
loads successfully, whereas ldebug.com at 64000 bytes fails. Loading one
of these files requires setting root to a FAT FS partition and using the
freedos command to specify the file as kernel:
set root='(hd0,msdos1)'
freedos /ldebug.com
boot
Booting the file using the multiboot command (which uses a WIP entrypoint
of the debugger) works, as it does not use GRUB's relocator16 but instead
includes a loader in the kernel itself, which drops it back to 86 Mode.
[1]: https://hg.ulukai.org/ecm/ldebug
[2]: http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/tree/grub-core/lib/i386/relocator.c?id=495781f5ed1b48bf27f16c53940d6700c181c74c#n127
[3]: http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/tree/grub-core/lib/i386/relocator16.S?id=495781f5ed1b48bf27f16c53940d6700c181c74c#n97
[4]: https://ulukai.org/ecm/lDebug-5479a7988d21-nohelp.zip
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@ulukai.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With cryptsetup 2.0, a new version of LUKS was introduced that breaks
compatibility with the previous version due to various reasons. GRUB
currently lacks any support for LUKS2, making it impossible to decrypt
disks encrypted with that version. This commit implements support for
this new format.
Note that LUKS1 and LUKS2 are quite different data formats. While they
do share the same disk signature in the first few bytes, representation
of encryption parameters is completely different between both versions.
While the former version one relied on a single binary header, only,
LUKS2 uses the binary header only in order to locate the actual metadata
which is encoded in JSON. Furthermore, the new data format is a lot more
complex to allow for more flexible setups, like e.g. having multiple
encrypted segments and other features that weren't previously possible.
Because of this, it was decided that it doesn't make sense to keep both
LUKS1 and LUKS2 support in the same module and instead to implement it
in two different modules luks and luks2.
The proposed support for LUKS2 is able to make use of the metadata to
decrypt such disks. Note though that in the current version, only the
PBKDF2 key derival function is supported. This can mostly attributed to
the fact that the libgcrypt library currently has no support for either
Argon2i or Argon2id, which are the remaining KDFs supported by LUKS2. It
wouldn't have been much of a problem to bundle those algorithms with
GRUB itself, but it was decided against that in order to keep down the
number of patches required for initial LUKS2 support. Adding it in the
future would be trivial, given that the code structure is already in
place.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The luks module contains quite a lot of logic to parse cipher and
cipher-mode strings like aes-xts-plain64 into constants to apply them
to the grub_cryptodisk_t structure. This code will be required by the
upcoming luks2 module, as well, which is why this commit moves it into
its own function grub_cryptodisk_setcipher in the cryptodisk module.
While the strings are probably rather specific to the LUKS modules, it
certainly does make sense that the cryptodisk module houses code to set
up its own internal ciphers instead of hosting that code in the luks
module.
Except for necessary adjustments around error handling, this commit does
an exact move of the cipher configuration logic from luks.c to
cryptodisk.c. Any behavior changes are unintentional.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While the AFSplitter code is currently used only by the luks module,
upcoming support for luks2 will add a second module that depends on it.
To avoid any linker errors when adding the code to both modules because
of duplicated symbols, this commit moves it into its own standalone
module afsplitter as a preparatory step.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The upcoming support for LUKS2 disc encryption requires us to include a
parser for base64-encoded data, as it is used to represent salts and
digests. As gnulib already has code to decode such data, we can just
add it to the boostrapping configuration in order to make it available
in GRUB.
The gnulib module makes use of booleans via the <stdbool.h> header. As
GRUB does not provide any POSIX wrapper header for this, but instead
implements support for bool in <sys/types.h>, we need to patch
base64.h to not use <stdbool.h> anymore. We unfortunately cannot include
<sys/types.h> instead, as it would then use gnulib's internal header
while compiling the gnulib object but our own <sys/types.h> when
including it in a GRUB module. Because of this, the patch replaces the
include with a direct typedef.
A second fix is required to make available _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST, which
is provided by the configure script. As base64.h does not include
<config.h>, it is thus not available and results in a compile error.
This is fixed by adding an include of <config-util.h>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
While the newly added jsmn library provides the parsing interface, it
does not provide any kind of interface to act on parsed tokens. Instead,
the caller is expected to handle pointer arithmetics inside of the token
array in order to extract required information. While simple, this
requires users to know some of the inner workings of the library and is
thus quite an unintuitive interface.
This commit adds a new interface on top of the jsmn parser that provides
convenience functions to retrieve values from the parsed json type, grub_json_t.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The upcoming support for LUKS2 encryption will require a JSON parser to
decode all parameters required for decryption of a drive. As there is
currently no other tool that requires JSON, and as gnulib does not
provide a parser, we need to introduce a new one into the code base. The
backend for the JSON implementation is going to be the jsmn library [1].
It has several benefits that make it a very good fit for inclusion in
GRUB:
- It is licensed under MIT.
- It is written in C89.
- It has no dependencies, not even libc.
- It is small with only about 500 lines of code.
- It doesn't do any dynamic memory allocation.
- It is testen on x86, amd64, ARM and AVR.
The library itself comes as a single header, only, that contains both
declarations and definitions. The exposed interface is kind of
simplistic, though, and does not provide any convenience features
whatsoever. Thus there will be a separate interface provided by GRUB
around this parser that is going to be implemented in the following
commit. This change only imports jsmn.h from tag v1.1.0 and adds it
unmodified to a new json module with the following command:
curl -L https://raw.githubusercontent.com/zserge/jsmn/v1.1.0/jsmn.h \
-o grub-core/lib/json/jsmn.h
Upstream jsmn commit hash: fdcef3ebf886fa210d14956d3c068a653e76a24e
Upstream jsmn commit name: Modernize (#149), 2019-04-20
[1]: https://github.com/zserge/jsmn
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In some cases GRUB2 allocates multiboot2 structure at 0 address, that is
a confusing behavior. Consumers of that structure can have internal NULL-checks
that will throw an error when get a pointer to data allocated at address 0.
To prevent that, define min address for mbi allocation on x86 and x86_64
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Hawrylko <lukasz.hawrylko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recent work around x86 Linux kernel loader revealed an underflow in the
setup_header length calculation and another related issue. Both lead to
the memory overwrite and later machine crash.
Currently when the GRUB copies the setup_header into the linux_params
(struct boot_params, traditionally known as "zero page") it assumes the
setup_header size as sizeof(linux_i386_kernel_header/lh). This is
incorrect. It should use the value calculated accordingly to the Linux
kernel boot protocol. Otherwise in case of pretty old kernel, to be
exact Linux kernel boot protocol, the GRUB may write more into
linux_params than it was expected to. Fortunately this is not very big
issue. Though it has to be fixed. However, there is also an underflow
which is grave. It happens when
sizeof(linux_i386_kernel_header/lh) > "real size of the setup_header".
Then len value wraps around and grub_file_read() reads whole kernel into
the linux_params overwriting memory past it. This leads to the GRUB
memory allocator breakage and finally to its crash during boot.
The patch fixes both issues. Additionally, it moves the code not related to
grub_memset(linux_params)/grub_memcpy(linux_params)/grub_file_read(linux_params)
section outside of it to not confuse the reader.
Fixes: e683cfb0cf (loader/i386/linux: Calculate the setup_header length)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Krystian Hebel <krystian.hebel@3mdeb.com>
New 3- and 4-copy variants of RAID1 were merged into Linux kernel 5.5.
Add the two new profiles to the list of recognized ones. As this builds
on the same code as RAID1, only the redundancy level needs to be
adjusted, the rest is done by the existing code.
Signed-off-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some TFTP servers do not handle multiple consecutive slashes correctly.
This patch avoids sending TFTP requests with non-normalized paths.
Signed-off-by: Lenny Szubowicz <lszubowi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The environment block is a preallocated 1024-byte file which serves as
persistent storage for environment variables. It has its own format
which is sensitive to corruption if an editor does not know how to
process it. Besides that the editor may inadvertently change grubenv
file size and/or make it sparse which can lead to unexpected results.
This patch adds a message to the grubenv file to warn a user against
editing it by tools other than grub-editenv.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We are often bothered by this sort of lvm warning while running grub-install
every now and then:
File descriptor 4 (/dev/vda1) leaked on vgs invocation. Parent PID 1991: /usr/sbin/grub2-install
The requirement related to the warning is dictated in the lvm man page:
"On invocation, lvm requires that only the standard file descriptors stdin,
stdout and stderr are available. If others are found, they get closed and
messages are issued warning about the leak. This warning can be suppressed by
setting the environment variable LVM_SUPPRESS_FD_WARNINGS."
While it could be disabled through settings, most Linux distributions seem to
enable it by default and the justification provided by the developer looks to
be valid to me: https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=466138#15
Rather than trying to close and reopen the file descriptor to the same file
multiple times, which is rather cumbersome, for the sake of no vgs invocation
could happen in between. This patch enables the close-on-exec flag (O_CLOEXEC)
for new file descriptor returned by the open() system call, making it closed
thus not inherited by the child process forked and executed by the exec()
family of functions.
Fixes Debian bug #466138.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The "which" utility is not guaranteed to be installed either, and if it
is, its behavior is not portable either.
Conversely, the "command -v" shell builtin is required to exist in all
POSIX 2008 compliant shells, and is thus guaranteed to work everywhere.
Examples of open-source shells likely to be installed as /bin/sh on
Linux, which implement the 11-year-old standard: ash, bash, busybox,
dash, ksh, mksh and zsh.
A side benefit of using the POSIX portable option is that it requires
neither an external disk executable, nor (because unlike "which", the
exit code is reliable) a subshell fork. This therefore represents a mild
speedup.
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub-mkconfig and 10_linux scripts by default attempt to use a UUID to
set the root kernel command line parameter and the $root GRUB environment
variable.
The former can be disabled by setting the GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID variable
to "true", but there is currently no way to disable the latter.
The generated grub config uses the search command with the --fs-uuid option
to find the device that has to be set as $root, i.e:
search --no-floppy --fs-uuid --set=root ...
This is usually more reliable but in some cases it may not be appropriate,
so this patch introduces a new GRUB_DISABLE_UUID variable that can be used
to disable searching for the $root device by filesystem UUID.
When disabled, the $root device will be set to the value specified in the
device.map as found by the grub-probe --target=compatibility_hint option.
When setting GRUB_DISABLE_UUID=true, the GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID and
GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID variables will also be set to "true" unless
these have been explicitly set to "false".
That way, the GRUB_DISABLE_UUID variable can be used to force using the
device names for both GRUB and Linux.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
This patch fixes an issue that prevented the at_keyboard module to work
(for me). The cause was a bad/wrong return value in the
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function in grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c file
at line 237. My symptoms were to have an unresponsive keyboard. Keys
needed to be pressed 10x and more to effectively be printed sometimes
generating multiple key presses (after 1 or 2 sec of no printing). It
was very problematic when typing passphrase in early stage (with
GRUB_ENABLE_CRYPTODISK). When switched to "console" terminal input
keyboard worked perfectly. It also worked great with the GRUB 2.02
packaged by Debian (2.02+dfsg1-20). It was not an output issue but an
input one.
I've managed to analyze the issue and found that it came from the commit
216950a4e (at_keyboard: Split protocol from controller code.). Three
lines where moved from the fetch_key() function in
grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c file to the beginning of
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function (same file). However, returning -1
made sense when it happened in fetch_key() function but not anymore in
grub_at_keyboard_getkey() function which should return GRUB_TERM_NO_KEY.
I think it was just an incomplete cut-paste missing a small manual
correction. Let's fix it.
Note: Commit message updated by Daniel Kiper.
Signed-off-by: Michael Bideau <mica.devel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU option is different than the others in the sense
that it has to be set to "y" instead of "true" to be enabled.
That causes a lot of confusion to users, some may wrongly set it to "true"
expecting that will work the same than with most options, and some may set
it to "yes" since for other options the value to set is a word and not a
single character.
This patch changes all the grub.d scripts using the GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU
option, so they check if it was set to "true" instead of "y", making it
consistent with all the other options.
But to keep backward compatibility for users that set the option to "y" in
/etc/default/grub file, keep testing for this value. And also do it for
"yes", since it is a common mistake made by users caused by this option
being inconsistent with the others.
Signed-off-by: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Extend partition UUID probing support in GRUB core to display pseudo
partition UUIDs for MBR (MSDOS) partitions.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The short form of "--version" that grub-mkconfig accepts is "-V", not "-v".
Fixes Debian bug #935504.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is needed for the zstd module build for riscv64-emu.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Honor a symlink when generating configuration by grub-mkconfig, so that
the -o option follows it rather than overwriting it with a regular file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Kolaja <mkolaja@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 5bc41db756 ("net/dhcp: Add explicit net_dhcp command")
introduced the new command "net_dhcp", which (for now) is an alias for
the existing "net_bootp". Unfortunately the TEXI documentation was not
adjusted accordingly.
Rename the existing paragraph about net_bootp to read net_dhcp instead,
and make the net_bootp stanza point to this new command.
On the way add the newly parsed TFTP_SERVER_NAME and BOOTFILE_NAME
packets to the list of supported DHCP options.
Fixes bug: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?56725
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently, gpt_offset is uninitialised when using a BIOS Boot Partition
but is used unconditionally inside save_blocklists. Instead, ensure it
is always initialised to 0 (note that there is already separate code to
do the equivalent adjustment after we call save_blocklists on this code
path).
This patch has been tested on a T5-2 LDOM.
Signed-off-by: James Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
---
util/setup.c | 4 +++-
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
MinGW for i386-pc without this option generates a .rdata$zzz symbol that is
page-aligned and hence lzma_decompress no longer fits in its allocated space.
Additionally, MinGW with -fno-ident also saves a bit of space in modules. In
case of other compilers we already strip the relevant sections, so, this
option has no effect.
More info can be found at https://github.com/msys2/MINGW-packages/issues/21
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The device tree may passed by the firmware as UEFI configuration
table. Let lsefisystab display a short text and not only the GUID
for the device tree.
Here is an example output:
grub> lsefisystab
Address: 0xbff694d8
Signature: 5453595320494249 revision: 00020046
Vendor: Das U-Boot, Version=20190700
2 tables:
0xbe741000 eb9d2d31-2d88-11d3-9a160090273fc14d SMBIOS
0x87f00000 b1b621d5-f19c-41a5-830bd9152c69aae0 DEVICE TREE
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The following are two use cases from Rajat Jain <rajatjain@juniper.net>:
1) We have a board that boots Linux and this board itself can be plugged
into one of different chassis types. We need to pass different
parameters to the kernel based on the "CHASSIS_TYPE" information
that is passed by the bios in the DMI/SMBIOS tables.
2) We may have a USB stick that can go into multiple boards, and the
exact kernel to be loaded depends on the machine information
(PRODUCT_NAME etc) passed via the DMI.
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Blocklist fallout cleanup after commit 5c6f9bc15 (generic/blocklist: Fix
implicit declaration of function grub_file_filter_disable_compression()).
Signed-off-by: David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building for arm, we already disable movw/movt relocations for clang,
since they are incompatible with PE.
When building with bare metal GCC toolchains (like the one used in the
travis ci scripts), we end up with these relocations again. So add an
additional test for the '-mword-relocations' flag used by GCC.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Linux supports root=PARTUUID=<partuuid> boot argument, so add
support for probing it. Compared to the fs UUID, the partition
UUID does not change when reformatting a partition.
For now, only disks using a GPT partition table are supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Kroon <jacob.kroon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a description of the workaround for firmware of older MacBooks
which stalls with a grub-mkrescue ISO image for x86_64-efi target
on an USB stick.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some older distros do not contain gettext 0.18. Document the workaround
to use the bootstrap utility on these systems.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add IA64 to the architectures excluding a declaration for
grub_arch_sync_dma_caches().
IA64 does not include any of the source files that require the function,
but was overlooked for d8901e3ba1 ("cache: Fix compilation for ppc,
sparc and arm64").
Add it to the list of excluding architectures in order to not get
missing symbol errors when running grub-mkimage.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Unlike in case of disks in this case it's just a single place, so it's easier
to just #undef
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the grub_f2fs_label
function since the result is found to be false postive.
A pointer to the 'volume_name' member of 'struct grub_f2fs_superblock' is
guaranteed to be aligned as the offset of 'volume_name' within the struct
is dividable by the natural alignment on both 32- and 64-bit targets.
grub-core/fs/f2fs.c: In function ‘grub_f2fs_label’:
grub-core/fs/f2fs.c:1253:60: error: taking address of packed member of ‘struct grub_f2fs_superblock’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
1253 | *label = (char *) grub_f2fs_utf16_to_utf8 (data->sblock.volume_name);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On UEFI, 'text' gfxpayload is not supported, but we still reach parse_modespec()
with it, which will obviously fail. Fortunately, whatever gfxpayload is set,
we still still have the 'auto' default to fall back to. Allow getting to this
fallback by not trying to parse 'text' as a modespec.
This is because 'text' correctly doesn't parse as a modespec, and ought to have
been ignored before we got to that point, just like it is immediately picked if
we're running on a system where 'text' is a supported video mode.
Bug: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/index.php?56217
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre <mathieu.trudel-lapierre@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"--printf" only works with the stat variant provided by coreutils.
With busybox, stat will fail with the following error:
stat: unrecognized option '--printf=%T'
Usage: stat [OPTIONS] FILE...
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The function grub_get_node_path() could return uninitialized offset with
level == 0 if the block is greater than direct_index + 2 * direct_blks +
2 * indirect_blks + dindirect_blks. The uninitialized offset is then used
by function grub_f2fs_get_block() because level == 0 is valid and
meaningful return to be processed.
The fix is to set level = -1 as return value by grub_get_node_path() to
signify an error that the input block cannot be handled. Any caller
should therefore check level is negative or not before processing the
output.
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The arm relocation code has a manual special case for EFI binaries to
add the natural alignment to its own relocation awareness.
Since commit a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k
boundary") we changed that alignment from 0x400 to 0x1000 bytes. Reflect
the change in that branch that we forgot as well.
This fixes running 32bit arm grub efi binaries for me again.
Fixes: a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k boundary")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reported-by: Steve McIntyre <steve@einval.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When creating T32->A32 transition jumps, the relocation code in grub
will generate trampolines. These trampolines live in the .data section
of our PE binary which means they are not marked as executable.
This misbehavior was unmasked by commit a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align
efi sections on 4k boundary") which made the X/NX boundary more obvious
because everything became page aligned.
To put things into proper order, let's move the arm trampolines into the
.text section instead. That way everyone knows they are executable.
Fixes: a51f953f4e ("mkimage: Align efi sections on 4k boundary")
Reported-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reported-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The address of fp->path_name could be unaligned since seeking into the
device path buffer for a given node could end in byte boundary.
The fix is allocating aligned buffer by grub_malloc for holding the
UTF16 string copied from fp->path_name, and after using that buffer as
argument for grub_utf16_to_utf8 to convert it to UTF8 string.
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c: In function 'grub_efi_get_filename':
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c:410:60: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 255s] 410 | p = (char *) grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((unsigned char *) p, fp->path_name, len);
[ 255s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c: In function 'grub_efi_print_device_path':
[ 255s] ../../grub-core/kern/efi/efi.c:900:33: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 255s] 900 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 (buf, fp->path_name,
[ 255s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The address of fp->path_name could be unaligned since seeking into the
device path buffer for a given node could end in byte boundary.
The fix is using aligned buffer allocated by grub_malloc for receiving
the converted UTF16 string by grub_utf8_to_utf16 and also the processing
after. The resulting string then gets copied to fp->path_name.
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c: In function 'copy_file_path':
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c:136:32: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 243s] 136 | size = grub_utf8_to_utf16 (fp->path_name, len * GRUB_MAX_UTF16_PER_UTF8,
[ 243s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~~~
[ 243s] ../../grub-core/loader/efi/chainloader.c:138:12: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_efi_file_path_device_path' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 243s] 138 | for (p = fp->path_name; p < fp->path_name + size; p++)
[ 243s] | ^~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_usb_get_string function since the result is false postive. The
descstrp->str is found to be aligned in the buffer allocated for 'struct
grub_usb_desc_str'.
[ 229s] ../../grub-core/commands/usbtest.c: In function 'grub_usb_get_string':
[ 229s] ../../grub-core/commands/usbtest.c:104:58: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_usb_desc_str' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 229s] 104 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) *string, descstrp->str,
[ 229s] | ~~~~~~~~^~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Simply adds the missing packed attribute to 'struct grub_acpi_madt'.
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c: In function 'disp_acpi_xsdt_table':
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:201:27: error: converting a packed 'struct grub_acpi_table_header' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct grub_acpi_madt' pointer (alignment 4) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 233s] 201 | disp_madt_table ((struct grub_acpi_madt *) t);
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] In file included from ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:23:
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:50:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 50 | struct grub_acpi_table_header
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:90:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 90 | struct grub_acpi_madt
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c: In function 'disp_acpi_rsdt_table':
[ 233s] ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:225:27: error: converting a packed 'struct grub_acpi_table_header' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct grub_acpi_madt' pointer (alignment 4) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 233s] 225 | disp_madt_table ((struct grub_acpi_madt *) t);
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] In file included from ../../grub-core/commands/lsacpi.c:23:
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:50:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 50 | struct grub_acpi_table_header
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 233s] ../../include/grub/acpi.h:90:8: note: defined here
[ 233s] 90 | struct grub_acpi_madt
[ 233s] | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The catkey->name could be unaligned since the address of 'void* record'
is calculated as offset in bytes to a malloc buffer.
The fix is using aligned buffer allocated by grub_malloc for holding
the UTF16 string copied from catkey->name. And use that buffer as
argument for grub_utf16_to_utf8 to convert to UTF8 strings.
In addition, using a new copy of buffer rather than catkey->name itself
for processing the endianess conversion, we can also get rid of the hunk
restoring byte order of catkey->name to what it was previously.
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c: In function 'list_nodes':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c:738:57: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfsplus_catkey' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 738 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) filename, catkey->name,
[ 59s] | ~~~~~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c: In function 'grub_hfsplus_label':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/hfsplus.c:1019:57: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfsplus_catkey' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 1019 | *grub_utf16_to_utf8 ((grub_uint8_t *) (*label), catkey->name,
[ 59s] | ~~~~~~^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Simply adds the missing packed attribute to 'struct grub_hfs_extent'.
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c: In function 'grub_hfs_iterate_records':
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c:699:9: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfs_sblock' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 83s] 699 | ? (&data->sblock.catalog_recs)
[ 83s] | ~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[ 83s] ../grub-core/fs/hfs.c:700:9: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_hfs_sblock' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 83s] 700 | : (&data->sblock.extent_recs));
[ 83s] | ~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_jfs_getent function since the result is found to be false postive.
The leaf is read into memory as continous chunks in size of 32 bytes and
the pointer to its base is aligned, which also guarentee its member
leaf->namepart is aligned.
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c: In function 'grub_jfs_getent':
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c:557:44: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_jfs_leaf_dirent' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 60s] 557 | le_to_cpu16_copy (filename + strpos, leaf->namepart, len < diro->data->namecomponentlen ? len
[ 60s] | ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
[ 60s] ../grub-core/fs/jfs.c:570:48: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct grub_jfs_leaf_next_dirent' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 60s] 570 | le_to_cpu16_copy (filename + strpos, next_leaf->namepart, len < 15 ? len : 15);
[ 60s] | ~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
[ 60s] cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Disable the -Wadress-of-packaed-member diagnostic for the
grub_cpio_find_file function since the result is found to be false
postive. Any pointers to member of the 'struct head hd' is aligned even
if the structure is packed without paddings.
[ 59s] In file included from ../grub-core/fs/cpio.c:51:
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c: In function 'grub_cpio_find_file':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:58:31: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 58 | data->size = read_number (hd.filesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.filesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:60:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 60 | *mtime = read_number (hd.mtime, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mtime));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:61:28: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 61 | modeval = read_number (hd.mode, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mode));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:62:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 62 | namesize = read_number (hd.namesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.namesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] In file included from ../grub-core/fs/cpio_be.c:51:
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c: In function 'grub_cpio_find_file':
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:58:31: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 58 | data->size = read_number (hd.filesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.filesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:60:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 60 | *mtime = read_number (hd.mtime, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mtime));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:61:28: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 61 | modeval = read_number (hd.mode, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.mode));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~
[ 59s] ../grub-core/fs/cpio_common.c:62:29: error: taking address of packed member of 'struct head' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
[ 59s] 62 | namesize = read_number (hd.namesize, ARRAY_SIZE (hd.namesize));
[ 59s] | ~~^~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The UEFI specification allows LoadImage() to be called with a memory
location only and without a device path. In this case FilePath will not be
set in the EFI_LOADED_IMAGE_PROTOCOL.
So in function grub_efi_get_filename() the device path argument may be
NULL. As we cannot determine the device path in this case just return NULL
from the function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some older GCC versions produce following error when x86 MSR modules are build:
In file included from commands/i386/rdmsr.c:29:0:
../include/grub/i386/rdmsr.h:27:29: error: no previous prototype for ‘grub_msr_read’ [-Werror=missing-prototypes]
extern inline grub_uint64_t grub_msr_read (grub_uint32_t msr_id)
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
This happens due to lack of support for a such usage of extern keyword
in older GCCs. Additionally, this usage is not consistent with the rest
of codebase. So, replace it with static keyword.
Additionally, fix incorrect coding style.
Reported-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reported-by: adrian15 <adrian15sgd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir 'phcoder' Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Tested-by: adrian15 <adrian15sgd@gmail.com>
Function grub_strndup() may return NULL, this is called from
function grub_ieee1275_get_devname() which is then called from
function grub_ieee1275_encode_devname() to set device. The device
variable could then be used with a NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Current comments forms are annoying, so, some of them are disallowed
starting from now. New rules are more flexible and mostly aligned
with, e.g., Linux kernel comments rules.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Previously the setup_header length was just assumed to be the size of the
linux_kernel_params struct. The linux x86 32-bit boot protocol says that the
end of the linux_i386_kernel_header is at 0x202 + the byte value at 0x201 in
the linux_i386_kernel_header. So, calculate the size of the header using the
end of the linux_i386_kernel_header, rather than assume it is the size of the
linux_kernel_params struct.
Additionally, add some required members to the linux_kernel_params
struct and align the content of linux_i386_kernel_header struct with
it. New members naming was taken directly from Linux kernel source.
linux_kernel_params and linux_i386_kernel_header structs require more
cleanup. However, this is not urgent, so, let's do this after release.
Just in case...
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeddeloh <andrew.jeddeloh@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device_path() may return NULL when called
from grub_efidisk_get_device_name().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device() path may return NULL when called
from is_child().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Function grub_efi_find_last_device_path() may return constant NULL when
called from find_parent_device().
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When assembling module wirh clang -Qn ends up on command line but later ignored
To avoid it breaking the compile, add -Qunused-arguments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Recent versions of binutils dropped support for the a.out and COFF
formats on sparc64 targets. Since the boot loader on sparc64 is
supposed to be an a.out binary and the a.out header entries are
rather simple to calculate in our case, we just write the header
ourselves instead of relying on external tools to do that.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gnulib now replaces vfprintf and hence its format becomes GNU_PRINTF format
This also fixes matching definitions to always use GNU format
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
They're translated as a separate project, so we
don't want to submit them again.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
With clang nostdinc behaviour is influenced by nostdlib. Since we
always add nostdlib, add it in test as well
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
I didn't check the spec but pointer to address doesn't make much sense
and doesn't match the code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@google.com>
PowerPC fallout cleanup after commit 4d4a8c96e (verifiers: Add possibility
to verify kernel and modules command lines) and ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File
type for fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
In addition to what was already there, Gnulib's <intprops.h> needs SCHAR_MIN,
SCHAR_MAX, SHRT_MIN, INT_MIN, LONG_MIN, and LONG_MAX. Fixes build on CentOS 7.
Reported-by: "Chen, Farrah" <farrah.chen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Mirror behaviour of ELF loader in libxc: first look for Xen notes in
PT_NOTE segment, then in SHT_NOTE section and only then fallback to
a section with __xen_guest name. This fixes loading PV kernels that
Xen note have outside of PT_NOTE. While this may be result of a buggy
linker script, loading such kernel directly works fine, so make it work
with GRUB too. Specifically, this applies to binaries built from Unikraft.
Signed-off-by: Marek Marczykowski-Górecki <marmarek@invisiblethingslab.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Various GRUB utilities fail if the current directory doesn't exist,
because grub_find_device() chdirs to a different directory and then
fails when trying to chdir back. Gnulib's save-cwd module uses fchdir()
instead when it can, avoiding this category of problem.
Fixes Debian bug #918700.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Mostly for cosmetic reasons, we add a "net_dhcp" command, which is (at the
moment) identical to the existing "net_bootp" command. Both actually trigger
a DHCP handshake now, and both should be able to deal with pure BOOTP servers.
We could think about dropping the DHCP options from the initial DISCOVER packet
when the user issues the net_bootp command, but it's unclear whether this is
really useful, as both protocols should be able to coexist.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Even though we were parsing some DHCP options sent by the server, so far
we are only using the BOOTP 2-way handshake, even when talking to a DHCP
server.
Change this by actually sending out DHCP DISCOVER packets instead of the
generic (mostly empty) BOOTP BOOTREQUEST packets.
A pure BOOTP server would ignore the extra DHCP options in the DISCOVER
packet and would just reply with a BOOTREPLY packet, which we also
handle in the code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In respone to a BOOTREQUEST packet a BOOTP server would answer with a BOOTREPLY
packet, which ends the conversation for good. DHCP uses a 4-way handshake,
where the initial server respone is an OFFER, which has to be answered with
REQUEST by the client again, only to be completed by an ACKNOWLEDGE packet
from the server.
Teach the grub_net_process_dhcp() function to deal with OFFER packets,
and treat ACK packets the same es BOOTREPLY packets.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The BOOTP RFC describes the boot file name and the server name as being part
of the integral BOOTP data structure, with some limits on the size of them.
DHCP extends this by allowing them to be separate DHCP options, which is more
flexible.
Teach the code dealing with those fields to check for those DHCP options first
and use this information, if provided. We fall back to using the BOOTP
information if those options are not used.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently we have a global timeout for all network cards in the BOOTP/DHCP
discovery process.
Make this timeout a per-interface one, so better accommodate the upcoming
4-way DHCP handshake and to also cover the lease time limit a DHCP offer
will come with.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Change the interface of the function dealing with incoming BOOTP packets
to take an interface instead of a card, to allow more fine per-interface
state (timeout, handshake state) later on.
Use the opportunity to clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In contrast to BOOTP, DHCP uses a 4-way handshake, so requires to send
packets more often.
Refactor the generation and sending of the BOOTREQUEST packet into
a separate function, so that future code can more easily reuse this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
DHCP specifies a special dummy option OVERLOAD, to allow DHCP options to
spill over into the (legacy) BOOTFILE and SNAME fields.
Parse and handle this option properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
For proper DHCP support we will need to parse DHCP options from a packet
more often and at various places.
Refactor the option parsing into a new function, which will scan a packet to
find *a particular* option field. Use that new function in places where we
were dealing with DHCP options before.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The comment is right, the "giaddr" fields holds the IP address of the BOOTP
relay, not a general purpose router address. Just remove the commented code,
archeologists can find it in the git history.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to be able to read from and write to model-specific registers,
two new modules are added. They are i386 specific, as the cpuid module.
rdmsr module registers the command rdmsr that allows reading from a MSR.
wrmsr module registers the command wrmsr that allows writing to a MSR.
wrmsr module is disabled if UEFI secure boot is enabled.
Please note that on SMP systems, interacting with a MSR that has a scope
per hardware thread, implies that the value only applies to the
particular cpu/core/thread that ran the command.
Also, if you specify a reserved or unimplemented MSR address, it will
cause a general protection exception (which is not currently being
handled) and the system will reboot.
Signed-off-by: Jesús Diéguez Fernández <jesusdf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to maintain the coding style consistency, it was requested to
replace the methods that use "__asm__ __volatile__" with "asm volatile".
Signed-off-by: Jesús Diéguez Fernández <jesusdf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add BIOS Boot Partition support for sparc64 platforms. This will work a
little different than x86. With GPT, both the OBP "load" and "boot" commands
are partition aware and neither command can see the partition table. Therefore
the entire boot-loader is stored within the BIOS Boot Partition and nothing
is stored within the bootstrap code area of MBR.
To use it, the end user will issue the boot command with the path pointing to
the BIOS Boot Partition.
For example with the disk below:
Model: Unknown (unknown)
Disk /dev/nvme1n1: 1600GB
Sector size (logical/physical): 512B/512B
Partition Table: gpt
Number Start End Size File system Name Flags
1 1049kB 1075MB 1074MB ext3
2 1075MB 1076MB 1049kB bios_grub
3 1076MB 1600GB 1599GB lvm
To boot grub2 from OBP, you would use:
boot /pci@302/pci@1/pci@0/pci@13/nvme@0/disk@1:b
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add a new disk driver called obdisk for IEEE1275 platforms. Currently
the only platform using this disk driver is SPARC, however other IEEE1275
platforms could start using it if they so choose. While the functionality
within the current IEEE1275 ofdisk driver may be suitable for PPC and x86, it
presented too many problems on SPARC hardware.
Within the old ofdisk, there is not a way to determine the true canonical
name for the disk. Within Open Boot, the same disk can have multiple names
but all reference the same disk. For example the same disk can be referenced
by its SAS WWN, using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@w5000cca02f037d6d,0
It can also be referenced by its PHY identifier using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@p0
It can also be referenced by its Target identifier using this form:
/pci@302/pci@2/pci@0/pci@17/LSI,sas@0/disk@0
Also, when the LUN=0, it is legal to omit the ,0 from the device name. So with
the disk above, before taking into account the device aliases, there are 6 ways
to reference the same disk.
Then it is possible to have 0 .. n device aliases all representing the same disk.
Within this new driver the true canonical name is determined using the the
IEEE1275 encode-unit and decode-unit commands when address_cells == 4. This
will determine the true single canonical name for the device so multiple ihandles
are not opened for the same device. This is what frequently happens with the old
ofdisk driver. With some devices when they are opened multiple times it causes
the entire system to hang.
Another problem solved with this driver is devices that do not have a device
alias can be booted and used within GRUB. Within the old ofdisk, this was not
possible, unless it was the original boot device. All devices behind a SAS
or SCSI parent can be found. Within the old ofdisk, finding these disks
relied on there being an alias defined. The alias requirement is not
necessary with this new driver. It can also find devices behind a parent
after they have been hot-plugged. This is something that is not possible
with the old ofdisk driver.
The old ofdisk driver also incorrectly assumes that the device pointing to by a
device alias is in its true canonical form. This assumption is never made with
this new driver.
Another issue solved with this driver is that it properly caches the ihandle
for all open devices. The old ofdisk tries to do this by caching the last
opened ihandle. However this does not work properly because the layer above
does not use a consistent device name for the same disk when calling into the
driver. This is because the upper layer uses the bootpath value returned within
/chosen, other times it uses the device alias, and other times it uses the
value within grub.cfg. It does not have a way to figure out that these devices
are the same disk. This is not a problem with this new driver.
Due to the way GRUB repeatedly opens and closes the same disk. Caching the
ihandle is important on SPARC. Without caching, some SAS devices can take
15 - 20 minutes to get to the GRUB menu. This ihandle caching is not possible
without correctly having the canonical disk name.
When available, this driver also tries to use the deblocker #blocks and
a way of determining the disk size.
Finally and probably most importantly, this new driver is also capable of
seeing all partitions on a GPT disk. With the old driver, the GPT
partition table can not be read and only the first partition on the disk
can be seen.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
By default all file system modules are added to the GRUB coreboot
payload `default_payload.elf`. This makes the image quite big,
especially as often not all modules are needed.
Introduce the variable `FS_PAYLOAD_MODULES`, which can be used to
explicitly set file systems modules to be added.
$ make default_payload.elf
test -f default_payload.elf && rm default_payload.elf || true
pkgdatadir=. ./grub-mkstandalone --grub-mkimage=./grub-mkimage -O i386-coreboot -o default_payload.elf --modules='ahci pata ehci uhci ohci usb_keyboard usbms part_msdos ext2 fat at_keyboard part_gpt usbserial_usbdebug cbfs' --install-modules='ls linux search configfile normal cbtime cbls memrw iorw minicmd lsmmap lspci halt reboot hexdump pcidump regexp setpci lsacpi chain test serial multiboot cbmemc linux16 gzio echo help syslinuxcfg xnu affs afs bfs btrfs cbfs cpio cpio_be exfat ext2 f2fs fat hfs hfsplus iso9660 jfs minix minix2 minix2_be minix3 minix3_be minix_be newc nilfs2 ntfs odc procfs reiserfs romfs sfs squash4 tar udf ufs1 ufs1_be ufs2 xfs zfs password_pbkdf2 ' --fonts= --themes= --locales= -d grub-core/ /boot/grub/grub.cfg=./coreboot.cfg
$ ls -l default_payload.elf
-rw-rw---- 1 joey joey 1199568 Mar 6 13:58 default_payload.elf
$ make default_payload.elf FS_PAYLOAD_MODULES="" # ext2 already in `--modules`
test -f default_payload.elf && rm default_payload.elf || true
pkgdatadir=. ./grub-mkstandalone --grub-mkimage=./grub-mkimage -O i386-coreboot -o default_payload.elf --modules='ahci pata ehci uhci ohci usb_keyboard usbms part_msdos ext2 fat at_keyboard part_gpt usbserial_usbdebug cbfs' --install-modules='ls linux search configfile normal cbtime cbls memrw iorw minicmd lsmmap lspci halt reboot hexdump pcidump regexp setpci lsacpi chain test serial multiboot cbmemc linux16 gzio echo help syslinuxcfg xnu password_pbkdf2 ' --fonts= --themes= --locales= -d grub-core/ /boot/grub/grub.cfg=./coreboot.cfg
$ ls -l default_payload.elf
-rw-rw---- 1 joey joey 832976 Mar 7 12:13 default_payload.elf
So, the resulting payload size is around 370 kB smaller. (Adding it to
the CBFS, it will be compressed, so the effective size difference will
be smaller.)
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Upgrade Gnulib files to 20190105.
It's much easier to maintain GRUB's use of portability support files
from Gnulib when the process is automatic and driven by a single
configuration file, rather than by maintainers occasionally running
gnulib-tool and committing the result. Removing these
automatically-copied files from revision control also removes the
temptation to hack the output in ways that are difficult for future
maintainers to follow. Gnulib includes a "bootstrap" program which is
designed for this.
The canonical way to bootstrap GRUB from revision control is now
"./bootstrap", but "./autogen.sh" is still useful if you just want to
generate the GRUB-specific parts of the build system.
GRUB now requires Autoconf >= 2.63 and Automake >= 1.11, in line with
Gnulib.
Gnulib source code is now placed in grub-core/lib/gnulib/ (which should
not be edited directly), and GRUB's patches are in
grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/. I've added a few notes to the developer
manual on how to maintain this.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
syslinux_parse simplifies some filenames by removing things like ".."
segments, but the tests assumed that @abs_top_srcdir@ would be
untouched, which is not true in the case of out-of-tree builds where
@abs_top_srcdir@ may contain ".." segments.
Performing the substitution requires some awkwardness in Makefile.am due
to details of how config.status works.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Many of GRUB's utilities don't check anywhere near all the possible
write errors. For example, if grub-install runs out of space when
copying a file, it won't notice. There were missing checks for the
return values of write, fflush, fsync, and close (or the equivalents on
other OSes), all of which must be checked.
I tried to be consistent with the existing logging practices of the
various hostdisk implementations, but they weren't entirely consistent
to start with so I used my judgement. The result at least looks
reasonable on GNU/Linux when I provoke a write error:
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
grub-install: error: cannot copy `/usr/lib/grub/x86_64-efi-signed/grubx64.efi.signed' to `/boot/efi/EFI/debian/grubx64.efi': No space left on device.
There are more missing checks in other utilities, but this should fix
the most critical ones.
Fixes Debian bug #922741.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
For EBR partitions, "start" is the relative starting sector of the EBR
header itself, whereas "offset" is the relative starting byte of the
partition's contents, excluding the EBR header and any padding. Thus we
must use "offset", and divide by the sector size to convert to sectors.
Fixes Debian bug #923253.
Signed-off-by: James Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Reviewed-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Much like on x86, we can work out if the system is running on top of EFI
firmware. If so, return "arm-efi". If not, fall back to "arm-uboot" as
previously.
Split out the code to (maybe) load the efivar module and check for
/sys/firmware/efi into a common helper routine is_efi_system().
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There is a really convenient service for open source project from Travis
CI: They allow for free CI testing using their infrastructure.
GRUB has had issues with broken builds for various targets for a long time
already. The main reason is a lack of CI to just do smoke tests on whether
all targets still at least compile.
This patch adds a Travis config file which builds (almost) all currently
available targets.
On top of that, this Travis config also runs a small execution test on the
x86_64-efi target.
All of this config file can easily be extended further on. It probably
makes sense to do something similar to the u-boot test infrastructure
that communicates with the payload properly. Going forward, we also will
want to do more QEMU runtime checks for other targets.
Currently, with this config alone, I already see about half of the available
targets as broken. So it's definitely desperately needed :).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Much like on x86, we can work out if the system is running on top
of EFI firmware. If so, return "arm-efi". If not, fall back to
"arm-uboot" as previously.
Heavily inspired by the existing code for x86.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_efi_get_ram_base() looks for the lowest available RAM address by
traversing the memory map, comparing lowest address found so far.
Due to a brain glitch, that "so far" was initialized to GRUB_UINT_MAX -
completely preventing boot on systems without RAM below 4GB.
Change the initial value to GRUB_EFI_MAX_USABLE_ADDRESS, as originally
intended.
Reported-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some terminals, like `grub-core/term/at_keyboard.c`, return `-1` in case
they are not ready yet.
if (! KEYBOARD_ISREADY (grub_inb (KEYBOARD_REG_STATUS)))
return -1;
Currently, that is treated as a key press, and the menu time-out is
cancelled/cleared. This is unwanted, as the boot is stopped and the user
manually has to select a menu entry. Therefore, adapt the condition to
require the key value also to be greater than 0.
`GRUB_TERM_NO_KEY` is defined as 0, so the condition could be collapsed
to greater or equal than (≥) 0, but the compiler will probably do that
for us anyway, so keep the cases separate for clarity.
This is tested with coreboot, the GRUB default payload, and the
configuration file `grub.cfg` below.
For GRUB:
$ ./autogen.sh
$ ./configure --with-platform=coreboot
$ make -j`nproc`
$ make default_payload.elf
For coreboot:
$ more grub.cfg
serial --unit 0 --speed 115200
set timeout=5
menuentry 'halt' {
halt
}
$ build/cbfstool build/coreboot.rom add-payload \
-f /dev/shm/grub/default_payload.elf -n fallback/payload -c lzma
$ build/cbfstool build/coreboot.rom add -f grub.cfg -n etc/grub.cfg -t raw
$ qemu-system-x86_64 --version
QEMU emulator version 3.1.0 (Debian 1:3.1+dfsg-2+b1)
Copyright (c) 2003-2018 Fabrice Bellard and the QEMU Project developers
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -M pc -bios build/coreboot.rom -serial stdio -nic none
Currently, the time-out is cancelled/cleared. With the commit, it is not.
With a small GRUB payload, this the problem is also reproducible on the
ASRock E350M1.
Link: http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2019-01/msg00037.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We now have signature check logic in grub which allows us to treat
files differently depending on their file type.
Treat a loaded device tree like an overlayed ACPI table.
Both describe hardware, so I suppose their threat level is the same.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Gcc may decide it wants to call helper functions to execute clz. Provide
them in our own copy of libgcc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To support a new architecture we need to provide a few helper functions
for memory, cache, timer, etc support.
This patch adds the remainders of those. Some bits are still disabled,
as I couldn't guarantee that we're always running on models / in modes
where the respective hardware is available.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds awareness of RISC-V relocations throughout the grub tools
as well as dynamic linkage and elf->PE relocation conversion support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We currently only support to run grub on RISC-V as UEFI payload. Ideally,
we also only want to support running Linux underneath as UEFI payload.
Prepare that with some Linux boot stub code. Once the arm64 target is
generalized, we can hook into that one and gain boot functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On entry, we need to save the system table pointer as well as our image
handle. Add an early startup file that saves them and then brings us
into our main function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The RISC-V ABI document outlines ELF header structure and relocation
information. Pull the respective magic numbers into our elf header
so we can make use of them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some architectures want to boot Linux as plain UEFI binary. Today that
really only encompasses ARM and AArch64, but going forward more
architectures may adopt that model.
So rename our internal API accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are a few spots in the PE generation code for EFI binaries that uses
the section alignment rather than file alignment, even though the alignment
is really only file bound.
Replace those cases with the file alignment constant instead.
Reported-by: Daniel Kiper <dkiper@net-space.pl>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
There is UEFI firmware popping up in the wild now that implements stricter
permission checks using NX and write protect page table entry bits.
This means that firmware now may fail to load binaries if its individual
sections are not page aligned, as otherwise it can not ensure permission
boundaries.
So let's bump all efi section alignments up to 4k (EFI page size). That way
we will stay compatible going forward.
Unfortunately our internals can't deal very well with a mismatch of alignment
between the virtual and file offsets, so we have to also pad our target
binary a bit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
The efi-arm case was defining its own header size calculation, even though it's
100% identical to the common EFI32_HEADER_SIZE definition.
So let's clean it up to use the common define.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Julien ROBIN <julien.robin28@free.fr>
This patch allows to have bigger kernels. If the kernel grows, then it will
overwrite the initrd when it is extracted.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@arm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A certain amount of dynamic space is required for the handover from
GRUB/Linux-EFI-stub. This entails things like initrd addresses,
address-cells entries and associated strings.
But move this into a proper centralised #define rather than live-code
it in the loader.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
uboot_disk_write() is currently lacking the write support
to storage devices because, historically, those devices did not
implement block_write() in U-Boot.
The solution has been tested using a patched U-Boot loading
and booting GRUB in a QEMU vexpress-a9 environment.
The disk write operations were triggered with GRUB's save_env
command.
Signed-off-by: Cristian Ciocaltea <cristian.ciocaltea@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The value of tpm_handle changes between successive calls to grub_tpm_handle_find(),
as instead of simply copying the stored pointer we end up taking the address of
said pointer when using the cached value of grub_tpm_handle.
This causes grub_efi_open_protocol() to return a nullptr in grub_tpm2_execute()
and grub_tpm2_log_event(). Said nullptr goes unchecked and
efi_call_5(tpm->hash_log_extend_event,...) ends up jumping to 0x0, Qemu crashes
once video ROM is reached at 0xb0000.
This patch seems to do the trick of fixing that bug, but we should also ensure
that all calls to grub_efi_open_protocol() are checked so that we don't start
executing low memory.
Signed-off-by: Max Tottenham <mtottenh@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit b07feb8746 (verifiers: Rename
verify module to pgp module) renamed the "verify" module to "pgp", but
the GRUB_MOD_INIT and GRUB_MOD_FINI macros were left as "verify", which
broke the emu target build; and file_filter_test still referred to the
now non-existent "verify" module. Fix both of these.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for multiple, shared, early initrd images. These early
images will be loaded in the order declared, and all will be loaded
before the initrd image.
While many classes of data can be provided by early images, the
immediate use case would be for distributions to provide CPU
microcode to mitigate the Meltdown and Spectre vulnerabilities.
Xen has also support to load microcode updates provided as additional
modules by the bootloader.
There are two environment variables provided for declaring the early
images.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK is for the distribution declare
images that are provided by the distribution or installed packages.
If undeclared, this will default to a set of common microcode image
names.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM is for user created images. User
images will be loaded after the stock images.
These separate configurations allow the distribution and user to
declare different image sets without clobbering each other.
This also makes a minor update to ensure that UUID partition labels
stay disabled when no initrd image is found, even if early images are
present.
This is basically a copy of a698240d "grub-mkconfig/10_linux: Support
multiple early initrd images" by Matthew S. Turnbull.
Signed-off-by: Peter Große <pegro@friiks.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We should not try to copy any memory area which is outside of the original
fdt. If this extra memory is controlled by a hypervisor this might end
with a crash.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Describe the behaviour of GRUB when the TPM module is in use.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for performing basic TPM measurements. Right now this only
supports extending PCRs statically and only on UEFI. In future we might
want to have some sort of mechanism for choosing which events get logged
to which PCRs, but this seems like a good default policy and we can wait
to see whether anyone has a use case before adding more complexity.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Pass all commands executed by GRUB to the verifiers layer. Most verifiers will
ignore this, but some (such as the TPM verifier) want to be able to measure and
log each command executed in order to ensure that the boot state is as expected.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In order to avoid using plain integers for the ELF notes use the
available Xen include instead.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the modifications to the build system needed to build a xen_pvh
grub.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add all usable memory regions to grub memory management and add the
needed mmap iterate code, which will be used by grub core (e.g.
grub-core/lib/relocator.c or grub-core/mmap/mmap.c).
As we are running in 32-bit mode don't add memory above 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Initialize the needed Xen specific data. This is:
- the Xen start of day page containing the console and Xenstore ring
page PFN and event channel
- the grant table
- the shared info page
Write back the possibly modified memory map to the hypervisor in case
the guest is reading it from there again.
Set the RSDP address for the guest from the start_info page passed
as boot parameter.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Retrieve the memory map from the hypervisor and normalize it to contain
no overlapping entries and to be sorted by address.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the needed code to setup the hypercall page for calling into the
Xen hypervisor.
Import the XEN_HVM_DEBUGCONS_IOPORT define from Xen unstable into
include/xen/arch-x86/xen.h
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Add the hooks to current code needed for Xen PVH. They will be filled
with code later when the related functionality is being added.
loader/i386/linux.c needs to include machine/kernel.h now as it needs
to get GRUB_KERNEL_USE_RSDP_ADDR from there. This in turn requires to
add an empty kernel.h header for some i386 platforms (efi, coreboot,
ieee1275, xen) and for x86_64 efi.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
include/grub/offsets.h needs some defines for Xen PVH mode.
Add them. While at it line up the values in the surrounding lines to
start at the same column.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
grub_xen_ptr2mfn() returns the machine frame number for a given pointer
value. For Xen-PVH guests this is just the PFN. Add the PVH specific
variant.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Rearrange grub-core/kern/xen/init.c to prepare adding PVH mode support
to it. This includes putting some code under #ifdef GRUB_MACHINE_XEN
as it will not be used when running as PVH.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
With Xen PVH mode adding a new machine type the machine related headers
need to be present for the build to succeed. Most of the headers just
need to include the related common i386 headers. Add those to the tree.
Note that xen_pvh/int.h needs to include pc/int_types.h instead of
pc/int.h in order to avoid the definition of grub_bios_interrupt().
xen_pvh/memory.h needs to include coreboot/memory.h (like some other
<machine>/memory.h do as well) as this contains just the needed stubs.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Some common code needs to be special cased for Xen PVH mode. This hits
mostly Xen PV mode specific areas.
Split include/grub/i386/pc/int_types.h off from
include/grub/i386/pc/int.h to support including this file later from
xen_pvh code without the grub_bios_interrupt definition.
Move definition of struct grub_e820_mmap_entry from
grub-core/mmap/i386/pc/mmap.c to include/grub/i386/memory.h in order
to make it usable from xen_pvh code.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Initialize the grant tab in a dedicated function. This will enable
using it for PVH guests, too.
Call the new function from grub_machine_init() as this will later
be common between Xen PV and Xen PVH mode.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
Xen PVH guests will have the RSDP at an arbitrary address. Support that
by passing the RSDP address via the boot parameters to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
In order to support grub2 in Xen PVH environment some additional Xen
headers are needed as grub2 will be started in PVH mode requiring to
use several HVM hypercalls and structures.
Add the needed headers from Xen 4.10 being the first Xen version with
full (not only experimental) PVH guest support.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Hans van Kranenburg <hans@knorrie.org>
ARM Xen fallout cleanup after commit ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File type for
fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Xen fallout cleanup after commit ca0a4f689 (verifiers: File type for
fine-grained signature-verification controlling).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
The grub_ieee1275_parse_bootpath() function (commit a661a32, ofnet: Initialize
structs in bootpath parser) introduces a build regression on SPARC:
cc1: warnings being treated as errors
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c: In function 'grub_ieee1275_parse_bootpath':
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'client_addr.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'gateway_addr.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:156: error: (near initialization for 'subnet_mask.type')
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:157: error: missing initializer
net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c:157: error: (near initialization for 'hw_addr.type')
make[3]: *** [net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet_module-ofnet.o] Error 1
Initialize the entire structure.
More info can be found here:
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2018-03/msg00034.html
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
- Adds zstd support to the btrfs module.
- Adds a test case for btrfs zstd support.
- Changes top_srcdir to srcdir in the btrfs module's lzo include
following comments from Daniel Kiper about the zstd include.
Tested on Ubuntu-18.04 with a btrfs /boot partition with and without zstd
compression. A test case was also added to the test suite that fails before
the patch, and passes after.
Signed-off-by: Nick Terrell <terrelln@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
- Import zstd-1.3.6 from upstream
- Add zstd's module.c file
- Add the zstd module to Makefile.core.def
Import zstd-1.3.6 from upstream [1]. Only the files need for decompression
are imported. I used the latest zstd release, which includes patches [2] to
build cleanly in GRUB.
I included the script used to import zstd-1.3.6 below at the bottom of the
commit message.
Upstream zstd commit hash: 4fa456d7f12f8b27bd3b2f5dfd4f46898cb31c24
Upstream zstd commit name: Merge pull request #1354 from facebook/dev
Zstd requires some posix headers, which it gets from posix_wrap.
This can be checked by inspecting the .Po files generated by automake,
which contain the header dependencies. After building run the command
`cat grub-core/lib/zstd/.deps-core/*.Po` to see the dependencies [3].
The only OS dependencies are:
- stddef.h, which is already a dependency in posix_wrap, and used for size_t
by lzo and xz.
- stdarg.h, which comes from the grub/misc.h header, and we don't use in zstd.
All the types like uint64_t are typedefed to grub_uint64_t under the hood.
The only exception is size_t, which comes from stddef.h. This is already the
case for lzo and xz. I don't think there are any cross-compilation concerns,
because cross-compilers provide their own system headers (and it would already
be broken).
[1] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/tag/v1.3.6
[2] https://github.com/facebook/zstd/pull/1344
[3] https://gist.github.com/terrelln/7a16b92f5a1b3aecf980f944b4a966c4
```
curl -L -O https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/download/v1.3.6/zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz
curl -L -O https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/download/v1.3.6/zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz.sha256
sha256sum --check zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz.sha256
tar xzf zstd-1.3.6.tar.gz
SRC_LIB="zstd-1.3.6/lib"
DST_LIB="grub-core/lib/zstd"
rm -rf $DST_LIB
mkdir -p $DST_LIB
cp $SRC_LIB/zstd.h $DST_LIB/
cp $SRC_LIB/common/*.[hc] $DST_LIB/
cp $SRC_LIB/decompress/*.[hc] $DST_LIB/
rm $DST_LIB/{pool.[hc],threading.[hc]}
rm -rf zstd-1.3.6*
echo SUCCESS!
```
Signed-off-by: Nick Terrell <terrelln@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
An error emerged as when I was testing the verifiers branch, so instead
of putting it in pgp prefix, the verifiers is used to reflect what the
patch is based on.
While running verify_detached, grub aborts with error.
verify_detached /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot/boot/grub/grub.cfg
/@/.snapshots/1/snapshot/boot/grub/grub.cfg.sig
alloc magic is broken at 0x7beea660: 0
Aborted. Press any key to exit.
The error is caused by sig file descriptor been closed twice, first time
in grub_verify_signature() to which it is passed as parameter. Second in
grub_cmd_verify_signature() or in whichever opens the sig file
descriptor. The second close is not consider as bug to me either, as in
common rule of what opens a file has to close it to avoid file
descriptor leakage.
After all the design of grub_verify_signature() makes it difficult to keep
a good trace on opened file descriptor from it's caller. Let's refine
the application interface to accept file path rather than descriptor, in
this way the caller doesn't have to care about closing the descriptor by
delegating it to grub_verify_signature() with full tracing to opened
file descriptor by itself.
Also making it clear that sig descriptor is not referenced in error
returning path of grub_verify_signature_init(), so it can be closed
directly by it's caller. This also makes delegating it to
grub_pubkey_close() infeasible to help in relieving file descriptor
leakage as it has to depend on uncertainty of ctxt fields in error
returning path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without this fix, building xen_boot.c omits:
loader/arm64/xen_boot.c: In function ‘xen_boot_binary_load’:
loader/arm64/xen_boot.c:370:7: error: too few arguments to function ‘grub_create_loader_cmdline’
grub_create_loader_cmdline (argc - 1, argv + 1, binary->cmdline,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from loader/arm64/xen_boot.c:36:0:
../include/grub/lib/cmdline.h:29:12: note: declared here
grub_err_t grub_create_loader_cmdline (int argc, char *argv[], char *buf,
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The verifiers framework changed the grub_file_open() interface, breaking all
non-x86 linux loaders. Add file types to the grub_file_open() calls to make
them build again.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The verifiers framework changed the API of grub_file_open(), but did not
fix up all users. Add the file type GRUB_FILE_TYPE_DEVICE_TREE_IMAGE
to the "devicetree" command handler call.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The API change of grub_file_open() for adding verifiers did not include
a type for device tree blobs. Add GRUB_FILE_TYPE_DEVICE_TREE_IMAGE to
the grub_file_type enum.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
verify.h was added without include guards. This means compiling anything
including both include/grub/verify.h and include/grub/lib/cmdline.h fails
(at least grub-core/loader/arm64/linux.c.
Add the necessary include guard.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Device tree (DTB) lengths are being padded to a multiple of 4 bytes
rather than the target-specific pointer size. This causes objects
following OBJ_TYPE_DTB objects to be incorrectly parsed during GRUB
execution on arm64.
Fix by using ALIGN_ADDR(), not ALIGN_UP().
Signed-by-off: Matthew Daley <mattd@bugfuzz.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If / is on the root dataset in a ZFS pool, then ${bootfs} will be set to
"/" (whereas if it is on a non-root dataset, there will be no trailing
slash). Passing "root=ZFS=${rpool}/" will fail to boot, but
"root=ZFS=${rpool}" works fine, so strip the trailing slash.
Fixes: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?52746
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Tested-by: Fejes József <jozsef.fejes@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On a UEFI system, were no boot entry *grub* is present, currently,
`grub-install` fails with an error.
$ efibootmgr
BootCurrent: 0000
Timeout: 0 seconds
BootOrder: 0001,0006,0003,0004,0005
Boot0001 Diskette Drive
Boot0003* USB Storage Device
Boot0004* CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive
Boot0005 Onboard NIC
Boot0006* WDC WD2500AAKX-75U6AA0
$ sudo grub-install /dev/sda
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
grub-install: error: efibootmgr failed to register the boot entry: Unknown error 22020.
The error code is always different, and the error message (incorrectly)
points to efibootmgr.
But, the error is in GRUB’s function
`grub_install_remove_efi_entries_by_distributor()`, where the variable
`rc` for the return value, is uninitialized and never set, when no boot
entry for the distributor is found.
The content of that uninitialized variable is then returned as the error
code of efibootmgr.
Set the variable to 0, so that success is returned, when no entry needs
to be deleted.
Tested on Dell OptiPlex 7010 with firmware A28.
$ sudo ./grub-install /dev/sda
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
Installation finished. No error reported.
[1]: https://github.com/rhboot/efibootmgr/issues/100
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This module provides shim lock verification for various kernels
if UEFI secure boot is enabled on a machine.
It is recommended to put this module into GRUB2 standalone image
(avoid putting iorw and memrw modules into it; they are disallowed
if UEFI secure boot is enabled). However, it is also possible to use
it as a normal module. Though such configurations are more fragile
and less secure due to various limitations.
If the module is loaded and UEFI secure boot is enabled then:
- module itself cannot be unloaded (persistent module),
- the iorw and memrw modules cannot be loaded,
- if the iorw and memrw modules are loaded then
machine boot is disabled,
- GRUB2 defers modules and ACPI tables verification to
other verifiers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
This type of modules cannot be unloaded. This is useful if a given
functionality, e.g. UEFI secure boot shim signature verification, should
not be disabled if it was enabled at some point in time. Somebody may
say that we can use standalone GRUB2 here. That is true. However, the
code is not so big nor complicated hence it make sense to support
modularized configs too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
This way if a verifier requires verification of a given file it can defer task
to another verifier (another authority) if it is not able to do it itself. E.g.
shim_lock verifier, posted as a subsequent patch, is able to verify only PE
files. This means that it is not able to verify any of GRUB2 modules which have
to be trusted on UEFI systems with secure boot enabled. So, it can defer
verification to other verifier, e.g. PGP one.
I silently assume that other verifiers are trusted and will do good job for us.
Or at least they will not do any harm.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Verifiers framework provides core file verification functionality which
can be used by various security mechanisms, e.g., UEFI secure boot, TPM,
PGP signature verification, etc.
The patch contains PGP code changes and probably they should be extracted
to separate patch for the sake of clarity.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Let's provide file type info to the I/O layer. This way verifiers
framework and its users will be able to differentiate files and verify
only required ones.
This is preparatory patch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ross Philipson <ross.philipson@oracle.com>
Add the RAID 6 recovery, in order to use a RAID 6 filesystem even if some
disks (up to two) are missing. This code use the md RAID 6 code already
present in grub.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The original code which handles the recovery of a RAID 6 disks array
assumes that all reads are multiple of 1 << GRUB_DISK_SECTOR_BITS and it
assumes that all the I/O is done via the struct grub_diskfilter_segment.
This is not true for the btrfs code. In order to reuse the native
grub_raid6_recover() code, it is modified to not call
grub_diskfilter_read_node() directly, but to call an handler passed
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for recovery for a RAID 5 btrfs profile. In addition
it is added some code as preparatory work for RAID 6 recovery code.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Move the code in charge to read the data from disk into a separate
function. This helps to separate the error handling logic (which
depends on the different raid profiles) from the read from disk
logic. Refactoring this code increases the general readability too.
This is a preparatory patch, to help the adding of the RAID 5/6 recovery code.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A portion of the logging code is moved outside of internal for(;;). The part
that is left inside is the one which depends on the internal for(;;) index.
This is a preparatory patch. The next one will refactor the code inside
the for(;;) into an another function.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently read from missing device triggers rescan. However, it is never
recorded that the device is missing. So, each read of a missing device
triggers rescan again and again. This behavior causes a lot of unneeded
rescans leading to huge slowdowns.
This patch fixes above mentioned issue. Information about missing devices
is stored in the data->devices_attached[] array as NULL value in dev
member. Rescan is triggered only if no information is found for a given
device. This means that only first time read triggers rescan.
The patch drops premature return. This way data->devices_attached[] is
filled even when a given device is missing.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreikack@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The caller knows better if this error is fatal or not, i.e. another disk is
available or not.
This is a preparatory patch.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This helper is used in a few places to help the debugging. As
conservative approach the error is only logged.
This does not impact the error handling.
Signed-off-by: Goffredo Baroncelli <kreijack@inwind.it>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting from NVME SSD with 4k sector size, it fails with the message.
error: attempt to read or write outside of partition.
This patch fixes the problem by fixing overflow in converting partition start
and length into 512B blocks.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When reading data off a disk, sector values are based on the disk sector
length.
Within grub_util_fd_open_device(), the start of the partition was taken
directly from grub's partition information structure, which uses the
internal sector length (currently 512b), but never transformed to the
disk's sector length.
Subsequent calculations were all wrong for devices that have a diverging
sector length and the functions eventually skipped to the wrong stream
location, reading invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
gentpl.py is python2/3-agnostic, but there's no way to cause it
to be run with any interpreter other than 'python', it's just
hard-coded into Makefile.common that way. Adjust that to use
AM_PATH_PYTHON (provided by automake) to find an interpreter
and run gentpl.py with that instead. This makes grub buildable
when `python` does not exist (but rather `python3` or `python2`
or `python2.7`, etc.) Minimum version is set to 2.6 as this is
the first version with `__future__.print_function` available.
Note, AM_PATH_PYTHON respects the PYTHON environment variable
and will treat its value as the *only* candidate for a valid
interpreter if it is set - when PYTHON is set, AM_PATH_PYTHON
will not try to find any alternative interpreter, it will only
check whether the interpreter set as the value of PYTHON meets
the requirements and use it if so or fail if not. This means
that when using grub's `autogen.sh`, as it too uses the value
of the PYTHON environment variable (and if it is not set, just
sets it to 'python') you cannot rely on AM_PATH_PYTHON
interpreter discovery. If your desired Python interpreter is
not just 'python', you must set the PYTHON environment variable,
e.g. 'PYTHON=/usr/local/bin/python3 ./autogen.sh'. The specified
interpreter will then be used both by autogen.sh itself and by
the autotools-driven build scripts.
Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
pkg-config is apparently preferred over freetype-config these days (see
the BUGS section of freetype-config(1)). pkg-config support was added
to FreeType in version 2.1.5, which was released in 2003, so it should
comfortably be available everywhere by now.
We no longer need to explicitly substitute FREETYPE_CFLAGS and
FREETYPE_LIBS, since PKG_CHECK_MODULES does that automatically.
Fixes Debian bug #887721.
Reported-by: Hugh McMaster <hugh.mcmaster@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Using FREETYPE_CFLAGS and FREETYPE_LIBS is more in line with the naming
scheme used by pkg-config macros.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Code later on checks if variables inside the struct are
0 to see if they have been set, like if there were addresses
in the bootpath.
The variables were not initialized however, so the check
might succeed with uninitialized data, and a new interface
with random addresses and the same name is added. This causes
$net_default_mac to point to the random one, so, for example,
using that variable to load per-mac config files fails.
Bug-Ubuntu: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1785859
Signed-off-by: Julian Andres Klode <julian.klode@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This is a cryptographically signed message in MIME format.
Date: Thu, 9 Aug 2018 07:27:35 +0200
Currently, the GRUB payload for coreboot does not detect the Western
Digital hard disk WDC WD20EARS-60M AB51 connected to the ASRock E350M1,
as that takes over ten seconds to spin up.
```
disk/ahci.c:533: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:539: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:543: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:549: port 0, offset: 120, tfd:80, CMD: 6016
disk/ahci.c:552: port 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:563: port 0, offset: 120, tfd:80, CMD: 6016
disk/ahci.c:566: port: 0, err: 0
disk/ahci.c:593: port 0 is busy
disk/ahci.c:621: cleaning up failed devs
```
GRUB detects the drive, when either unloading the module *ahci*, and
then loading it again, or when doing a warm reset.
As the ten second time-out is too short, increase it to 32 seconds,
used by SeaBIOS. which detects the drive successfully.
The AHCI driver in libpayload uses 30 seconds, and that time-out was
added in commit 354066e1 (libpayload: ahci: Increase timeout for
signature reading) with the description below.
> We can't read the drives signature before it's ready, i.e. spun up.
> So set the timeout to the standard 30s. Also put a notice on the
> console, so the user knows why the signature reading failed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
1. move relocator related code more close to each other
2. use variable "len" since it has correct assignment, and keep coding
style with upper code
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
qemu 2.12 removed the -usbdevice option. Use a more modern spelling
instead, in line with other USB-related tests.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
SeaBIOS 1.11.0 added support for VGA emulation over a serial port, which
interferes with grub-shell. Turn it off.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Make it so that when grub-module-verifier complains of an issue, it tells you
which module the issue was with.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Delete local copy of function to determine required buffer size for the
UEFI memory map, use helper in kern/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit 0ba90a7f01 ("efi: Move grub_reboot() into kernel") broke
the build on i386-efi - genmoddep.awk bails out with message
grub_reboot in reboot is duplicated in kernel
This is because both lib/i386/reset.c and kern/efi/efi.c now provide
this function.
Rather than explicitly list each i386 platform variant in
Makefile.core.def, include the contents of lib/i386/reset.c only when
GRUB_MACHINE_EFI is not set.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The 32-bit arm Linux kernel is built as a zImage, which self-decompresses
down to near start of RAM. In order for an initrd/initramfs to be
accessible, it needs to be placed within the first ~768MB of RAM.
The initrd loader built into the kernel EFI stub restricts this down to
512MB for simplicity - so enable the same restriction in grub.
For arm64, the requirement is within a 1GB aligned 32GB window also
covering the (runtime) kernel image. Since the EFI stub loader itself
will attempt to relocate to near start of RAM, force initrd to be loaded
completely within the first 32GB of RAM.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The 32-bit arm efi port now shares the 64-bit linux loader, so delete
the now unused bits from the 32-bit linux loader.
This in turn leaves the grub-core/kern/arm/efi/misc.c unused, so
delete that too.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The arm64 and arm linux kernel EFI-stub support presents pretty much
identical interfaces, so the same linux loader source can be used for
both architectures.
Switch 32-bit ARM UEFI platforms over to the existing EFI-stub aware
loader initially developed for arm64.
This *WILL* stop non-efistub Linux kernels from booting on arm-efi.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In preparation for using the linux loader for 32-bit and 64-bit platforms,
rename grub_arm64*/GRUB_ARM64* to grub_armxx*/GRUB_ARMXX*.
Move prototypes for now-common functions to efi/efi.h.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Since ARM platforms do not have a common memory map, add a helper
function that finds the lowest address region with the EFI_MEMORY_WB
attribute set in the UEFI memory map.
Required for the arm64 efi linux loader to restrict the initrd
location to where it will be accessible by the kernel at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
There are several implementations of this function in the tree.
Add a central version in grub-core/efi/mm.c.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI Graphics Output Protocol can return a 64-bit
linear frame buffer address in some firmware/BIOS
implementations. We currently only store the lower
32-bits in the lfb_base. This will eventually be
passed to Linux kernel and the efifb driver will
incorrectly interpret the framebuffer address as
32-bit address.
The Linux kernel has already added support to handle
64-bit linear framebuffer address in the efifb driver
since quite some time now.
This patch adds the support for 64-bit linear frame
buffer address in GRUB to address the above mentioned
scenario.
Signed-off-by: Arindam Nath <arindam.nath@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up code for matching IS_ARM64 slightly by making use of struct
linux_arm64_kernel_header and GRUB_LINUX_ARM64_MAGIC_SIGNATURE.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Clean up code for matching IS_ARM slightly by making use of struct
linux_arm_kernel_header and GRUB_LINUX_ARM_MAGIC_SIGNATURE.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Most 8" or 7" x86 Windows 10 tablets come with volume up/down buttons and
a power-button. In their UEFI these are almost always mapped to arrow
up/down and enter.
Pressing the volume buttons (sometimes by accident) will stop the
menu countdown, but the power-button / "enter" key was not being recognized
as enter, so the user would be stuck at the grub menu.
The problem is that these tablets send scan_code 13 or 0x0d for the
power-button, which officialy maps to the F3 key. They also set
unicode_char to 0x0d.
This commit recognizes the special case of both scan_code and unicode_char
being set to 0x0d and treats this as an enter key press.
This fixes things getting stuck at the grub-menu and allows the user
to choice a grub-menu entry using the buttons on the tablet.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Variable "root" is initialized after root device probing and is null in
current place, so, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Without that fix we have:
In file included from ../../include/grub/command.h:25:0,
from ../../grub-core/loader/multiboot.c:30:
../../grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c: In function 'grub_multiboot_load_elf64':
../../grub-core/loader/multiboot_elfxx.c:130:28: error: 'relocatable' undeclared (first use in this function)
"load_base_addr=0x%x\n", relocatable,
This happens due to mistake in the commit 14ec665
(mbi: Use per segment a separate relocator chunk).
So, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ignat Korchagin <ignat@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis 'GNUtoo' Carikli <GNUtoo@no-log.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When booting an arm* system on UEFI with an empty device tree (currently
only when hardware description comes from ACPI), we don't currently set
default to 1 cell (32 bits).
Set both of these properties, to 2 cells (64 bits), to resolve issues
with kexec on some platforms.
This change corresponds with linux kernel commit ae8a442dfdc4
("efi/libstub/arm*: Set default address and size cells values for an empty dtb")
and ensures booting through grub does not behave differently from booting
the stub loader directly.
See also https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9561201/
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
To be able to resuse the prop_entry_size macro, move it to
<grub/fdt.h> and rename it grub_fdt_prop_entry_size.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
If something else on the system is using loopback devices, then the
device that's free at the call to `losetup -f` may not be free in the
following call to try to use it. Instead, find and use the first free
loopback device in a single call to losetup.
Signed-off-by: Will Thompson <wjt@endlessm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Instead of setting up a all comprising relocator chunk for all segments,
use per segment a separate relocator chunk.
Currently, if the ELF is non-relocatable, a single relocator chunk will
comprise memory (between the segments) which gets overridden by the relst()
invocation of the movers code in grub_relocator16/32/64_boot().
The overridden memory may contain reserved ranges like VGA memory or ACPI
tables, which may lead to crashes or at least to strange boot behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Boettcher <alexander.boettcher@genode-labs.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The sparse inode metadata format became a mkfs.xfs default in
xfsprogs-4.16.0, and such filesystems are now rejected by grub as
containing an incompatible feature.
In essence, this feature allows xfs to allocate inodes into fragmented
freespace. (Without this feature, if xfs could not allocate contiguous
space for 64 new inodes, inode creation would fail.)
In practice, the disk format change is restricted to the inode btree,
which as far as I can tell is not used by grub. If all you're doing
today is parsing a directory, reading an inode number, and converting
that inode number to a disk location, then ignoring this feature
should be fine, so I've added it to XFS_SB_FEAT_INCOMPAT_SUPPORTED
I did some brief testing of this patch by hacking up the regression
tests to completely fragment freespace on the test xfs filesystem, and
then write a large-ish number of inodes to consume any existing
contiguous 64-inode chunk. This way any files the grub tests add and
traverse would be in such a fragmented inode allocation. Tests passed,
but I'm not sure how to cleanly integrate that into the test harness.
Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Chris Murphy <lists@colorremedies.com>
This patch ensures that grub-probe will find the root device placed in
/dev/mapper/dm-[0-9]+-.* e.g. device named /dev/mapper/dm-0-luks will be
found and grub.cfg will be updated properly, enabling the system to boot.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Solovyov <mcpain@altlinux.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rounding up the bufio->block_size to meet power of 2 to facilitate next_buf
calculation in grub_bufio_read().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Update grub-mkconfig.in and 10_linux.in to support grub-probe's new
partuuid target. Update grub.texi documentation. The following table
shows how GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID, GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID, and
initramfs detection interact:
Initramfs GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID Linux Root
detected Set Set ID Method
false false false part UUID
false false true part UUID
false true false dev name
false true true dev name
true false false fs UUID
true false true part UUID
true true false fs UUID
true true true dev name
Note: GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID and GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID equate to
'false' when unset or set to any value other than 'true'.
GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID defaults to 'true'.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add PARTUUID detection support grub-probe for MBR and GPT partition schemes.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename grub_gpt_part_type to grub_gpt_part_guid and update grub_gpt_partentry
to use this type for both the partition type GUID string and the partition GUID
string entries. This change ensures that the two GUID fields are handled more
consistently and helps to simplify the changes needed to add Linux partition
GUID support.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Define print_gpt_guid(), so there is a central function for printing
GUID strings. This change is a precursor for later patches which rely
on this logic.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Vinson <nvinson234@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
With --disable-nls no locales exist.
Avoid runtime error by moving code that copies locales into its own
function. Return early in case nls was disabled. That way the compiler
will throw away unreachable code, no need to put preprocessor
conditionals everywhere to avoid warnings about unused code.
Fix memleak by freeing srcf and dstf.
Convert tabs to spaces in moved code.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
"F2FS (Flash-Friendly File System) is flash-friendly file system which was merged
into Linux kernel v3.8 in 2013.
The motive for F2FS was to build a file system that from the start, takes into
account the characteristics of NAND flash memory-based storage devices (such as
solid-state disks, eMMC, and SD cards).
F2FS was designed on a basis of a log-structured file system approach, which
remedies some known issues of the older log structured file systems, such as
the snowball effect of wandering trees and high cleaning overhead. In addition,
since a NAND-based storage device shows different characteristics according to
its internal geometry or flash memory management scheme (such as the Flash
Translation Layer or FTL), it supports various parameters not only for
configuring on-disk layout, but also for selecting allocation and cleaning
algorithm.", quote by https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F2FS.
The source codes for F2FS are available from:
http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/jaegeuk/f2fs.githttp://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/jaegeuk/f2fs-tools.git
This patch has been integrated in OpenMandriva Lx 3.
https://www.openmandriva.org/
Signed-off-by: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pete Batard <pete@akeo.ie>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When building with GCC 8, there are several errors regarding packed-not-aligned.
./include/grub/gpt_partition.h:79:1: error: alignment 1 of ‘struct grub_gpt_partentry’ is less than 8 [-Werror=packed-not-aligned]
This patch fixes the build error by cleaning up the ambiguity of placing
aligned structure in a packed one. In "struct grub_btrfs_time" and "struct
grub_gpt_part_type", the aligned attribute seems to be superfluous, and also
has to be packed, to ensure the structure is bit-to-bit mapped to the format
laid on disk. I think we could blame to copy and paste error here for the
mistake. In "struct efi_variable", we have to use grub_efi_packed_guid_t, as
the name suggests. :)
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Tested-by: Paul Menzel <paulepanter@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
A GPU inserted into a PCIe I/O slot disappears during system startup.
The problem centers around GRUB and a specific VGA init function in
efi_uga.c. This causes an LER (Link Error Recorvery) because the MMIO
memory has not been enabled before attempting access.
The fix is to add the same coding used in other VGA drivers, specifically
to add a check to insure that it is indeed a VGA controller. And then
enable the MMIO address space with the specific bits.
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <mike.travis@hpe.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Read from NULL pointer canon in function grub_machine_get_bootlocation().
Function grub_ieee1275_canonicalise_devname() may return NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Split up some of the functionality in grub_machine_get_bootlocation into
grub_ieee1275_get_boot_dev. This will allow for code reuse in a follow on
patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
These fields must reflect the ROM-BIOS's geometry for CHS-based
loaders to correctly load their next stage. Most loaders do not
query the ROM-BIOS (Int13.08), relying on the BPB fields to hold
the correct values already.
Tested with lDebug booted in qemu via grub2's
FreeDOS direct loading support, refer to
https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldosboot + https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldebug
(For this test, lDebug's iniload.asm must be assembled with
-D_QUERY_GEOMETRY=0 to leave the BPB values provided by grub.)
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@38.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add support for multiple, shared, early initrd images. These early
images will be loaded in the order declared, and all will be loaded
before the initrd image.
While many classes of data can be provided by early images, the
immediate use case would be for distributions to provide CPU
microcode to mitigate the Meltdown and Spectre vulnerabilities.
There are two environment variables provided for declaring the early
images.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_STOCK is for the distribution declare
images that are provided by the distribution or installed packages.
If undeclared, this will default to a set of common microcode image
names.
* GRUB_EARLY_INITRD_LINUX_CUSTOM is for user created images. User
images will be loaded after the stock images.
These separate configurations allow the distribution and user to
declare different image sets without clobbering each other.
This also makes a minor update to ensure that UUID partition labels
stay disabled when no initrd image is found, even if early images are
present.
This is a continuation of a previous patch published by Christian
Hesse in 2016:
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2016-02/msg00025.html
Down stream Gentoo bug:
https://bugs.gentoo.org/645088
Signed-off-by: Robin H. Johnson <robbat2@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthew S. Turnbull <sparky@bluefang-logic.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The grub_mkimage_load_image function (commit 7542af6, mkimage: refactor a bunch
of section data into a struct.) introduces a build regression on SPARC:
cc1: warnings being treated as errors
In file included from util/grub-mkimage32.c:23:
util/grub-mkimagexx.c: In function 'grub_mkimage_load_image32':
util/grub-mkimagexx.c:1968: error: missing initializer
util/grub-mkimagexx.c:1968: error: (near initialization for 'smd.sections')
make[2]: *** [util/grub_mkimage-grub-mkimage32.o] Error 1
Initialize the entire section_metadata structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This can cause an issue where GRUB is trying to display both a text and
graphical menu on the display at the same time, resulting in a flickering
effect when e.g. scrolling quickly through a menu (LP: #1752767).
Revert for now while we look for a better solution for the original issue.
This reverts commit 52ef7b23f5.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Return the 64bit number of blocks of storage associated with the device or
instance. Where a "block" is a unit of storage consisting of the number of
bytes returned by the package's "block-size" method. If the size cannot be
determined, or if the number of blocks exceeds the range return -1.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Return the number of blocks of storage associated with the device or
instance. Where a "block" is a unit of storage consisting of the number
of bytes returned by the package's "block-size" method. If the size cannot
be determined, the #blocks method returns the maximum unsigned integer
(which, because of Open Firmware's assumption of two's complement arithmetic,
is equivalent to the signed number -1). If the number of blocks exceeds
the range of an unsigned number, return 0 to alert the caller to try
the #blocks64 command.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE Std 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
3.8.3 deblocker support package
Any package that uses the "deblocker" support package must define
the following method, which the deblocker uses as a low-level
interface to the device
block-size ( -- block-len ) Return "granularity" for accesses to this
device.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
E.3.2.2 Bus-specific methods for bus nodes
A package implementing the scsi-2 device type shall implement the
following bus-specific method:
no-data-command ( cmd-addr -- error? )
Executes a simple SCSI command, automatically retrying under
certain conditions. cmd-addr is the address of a 6-byte command buffer
containing an SCSI command that does not have a data transfer phase.
Executes the command, retrying indefinitely with the same retry criteria
as retry-command.
error? is nonzero if an error occurred, zero otherwise.
NOTE no-data-command is a convenience function. It provides
no capabilities that are not present in retry-command, but for
those commands that meet its restrictions, it is easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
IEEE 1275-1994 Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration)
Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices
E.3.2.2 Bus-specific methods for bus nodes
A package implementing the scsi-2 device type shall implement the
following bus-specific method:
set-address ( unit# target# -- )
Sets the SCSI target number (0x0..0xf) and unit number (0..7) to which
subsequent commands apply.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 2
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Convert physical address to text unit-string.
Convert phys.lo ... phys-high, the numerical representation, to unit-string,
the text string representation of a physical address within the address
space defined by this device node. The number of cells in the list
phys.lo ... phys.hi is determined by the value of the #address-cells property
of this node.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 4
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
decode-unit ( addr len -- phys.lo ... phys.hi )
Convert text unit-string to physical address.
Convert unit-string, the text string representation, to phys.lo ... phys.hi,
the numerical representation of a physical address within the address space
defined by this device node. The number of cells in the list
phys.lo ... phys.hi is determined by the value of the #address-cells
property of this node.
This function is for devices with #address-cells == 4
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Limit NVMe of_path_of_nvme to just SPARC hardware for now. It has been
found that non-Open Firmware hardware platforms can some how access
this function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The of_path_of_nvme function (commit 2391d57, ieee1275: add nvme
support within ofpath) introduced a functional regression:
On systems which are not based on Open Firmware but have at
least one NVME device, find_obppath will return NULL and thus
trying to append the disk name to of_path will result in a
crash.
The proper behavior of of_path_of_nvme is, however, to just
return NULL in such cases, like other users of find_obppath,
such as of_path_of_scsi.
Signed-off-by: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This way debuginfo built from the .module will still include this
information, but the final result won't have the data we don't actually
need in the modules, either on-disk, loaded at runtime, or in prebuilt
images.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Some versions of gcc include a plugin called "annobin", and in some
build systems this is enabled by default. This plugin creates special
ELF note sections to track which ABI-breaking features are used by a
binary, as well as a series of relocations to annotate where.
If grub is compiled with this feature, then when grub-mkimage translates
the binary to another file format which does not strongly associate
relocation data with sections (i.e. when platform is *-efi), these
relocations appear to be against the .text section rather than the
original note section. When the binary is loaded by the PE runtime
loader, hilarity ensues.
This issue is not necessarily limited to the annobin, but could arise
any time there are relocations in sections that are not represented in
grub-mkimage's output.
This patch seeks to avoid this issue by only including relocations that
refer to sections which will be included in the final binary.
As an aside, this should also obviate the need to avoid -funwind-tables,
-fasynchronous-unwind-tables, and any sections similar to .eh_frame in
the future. I've tested it on x86-64-efi with the following gcc command
line options (as recorded by -grecord-gcc-flags), but I still need to
test the result on some other platforms that have been problematic in
the past (especially ARM Aarch64) before I feel comfortable making
changes to the configure.ac bits:
GNU C11 7.2.1 20180116 (Red Hat 7.2.1-7) -mno-mmx -mno-sse -mno-sse2 -mno-sse3 -mno-3dnow -msoft-float -mno-stack-arg-probe -mcmodel=large -mno-red-zone -m64 -mtune=generic -march=x86-64 -g3 -Os -freg-struct-return -fno-stack-protector -ffreestanding -funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables -fno-strict-aliasing -fstack-clash-protection -fno-ident -fplugin=annobin
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This basically moves a bunch of the section information we pass around a
lot into a struct, and passes a pointer to a single one of those
instead.
This shouldn't change the binary file output or the "grub-mkimage -v"
output in any way.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This puts both kinds of address initialization at the same place, and also lets
us iterate through the section list one time fewer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This renames some things:
- the "strtab" and "strtab_section" in relocate_symbols are changed to "symtab"
instead, so as to be less confusing when "strtab" is moved to a struct in a
later patch.
- The places where we pass section_vaddresses to functions are changed to also
be called section_vaddresses"inside those functions, so I get less confused
when I put addresses and vaddresses in a struct in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This makes it so you can treat grub-mkimagexx.c as a file you can build
directly, so syntax checkers like vim's "syntastic" plugin, which uses
"gcc -x c -fsyntax-only" to build it, will work.
One still has to do whatever setup is required to make it pick the right
include dirs, which -W options we use, etc., but this makes it so you
can do the checking on the file you're editing, rather than on a
different file.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_aout_load() has a grub_file_t parameter, and depending on what order
includes land in, it's sometimes not defined. This patch explicitly adds
file.h to aout.h so that it will always be defined.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The of_path_of_nvme function (commit 2391d57, ieee1275: add nvme
support within ofpath) introduced a build regression:
grub-core/osdep/linux/ofpath.c:365:21: error: comparison between pointer
and zero character constant [-Werror=pointer-compare]
if ((digit_string != '\0') && (*part_end == 'p'))
Update digit_string to compare against the char instead of the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Bech <joakim.bech@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
<grub/machine/loader.h> (for machine arm/efi) and
<grub/machine/kernel.h> (for machine arm/coreboot) will not always
resolve (and will likely not be valid to) if pulled in when building
non-native commands, such as host tools or the "file" command.
So explicitly include them with their expanded pathnames.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Use kernel header struct and magic definition to align (and coexist) with
i386/arm64 ports.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Rename GRUB_LINUX_MAGIC_SIGNATURE GRUB_LINUX_I386_MAGIC_SIGNATURE,
to be usable in code that supports more than one image type.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Replace uses of GRUB_LINUX_MACHINE_HEADER and GRUB_LINUX_CPU_HEADER
with GRUB_<arch>_LINUX_HEADER include guards to prevent issues when
including more than one of them.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The EFI page definitions and macros are generic and should not be confined
to arm64 headers - so move to efi/memory.h.
Also add EFI_PAGE_SIZE macro.
Update loader sources to reflect new header location.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The CRC implementation imported from libgcrypt 1.5.3 is arguably
non-free, due to being encumbered by the restrictive Internet Society
licence on RFCs (see e.g. https://wiki.debian.org/NonFreeIETFDocuments).
Fortunately, libgcrypt has since replaced it with a version that is both
reportedly better-optimised and doesn't suffer from this encumbrance.
The ideal solution would be to update to a new version of libgcrypt, and
I spent some time trying to do that. However, util/import_gcry.py
requires complex modifications to cope with the new version, and I
stalled part-way through; furthermore, GRUB's libgcrypt tree already
contains some backports of upstream changes. Rather than allowing the
perfect to be the enemy of the good, I think it's best to backport this
single change to at least sort out the licensing situation. Doing so
won't make things any harder for a future wholesale upgrade.
This commit is mostly a straightforward backport of
https://git.gnupg.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=libgcrypt.git;a=commitdiff;h=06e122baa3321483a47bbf82fd2a4540becfa0c9,
but I also imported bufhelp.h from libgcrypt 1.7.0 (newer versions
required further changes elsewhere).
I've tested that "hashsum -h crc32" still produces correct output for a
variety of files on both i386-pc and x86_64-emu targets.
Signed-off-by: Colin Watson <cjwatson@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add NVMe support within ofpath.
The Open Firmware text representation for a NVMe device contains the
Namespace ID. An invalid namespace ID is one whose value is zero or whose
value is greater than the value reported by the Number of Namespaces (NN)
field in the Identify Controller data structure. At the moment only a
single Namespace is supported, therefore the value is currently hard coded
to one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The definition of bpb's num_total_sectors_16 and num_total_sectors_32
is that either the 16-bit field is non-zero and is used (in which case
eg mkfs.fat sets the 32-bit field to zero), or it is zero and the
32-bit field is used. Therefore, a BPB is invalid only if *both*
fields are zero; having one field as zero and the other as non-zero is
the case to be expected. (Indeed, according to Microsoft's specification
one of the fields *must* be zero, and the other non-zero.)
This affects all users of grub_chainloader_patch_bpb which are in
chainloader.c, freedos.c, and ntldr.c
Some descriptions of the semantics of these two fields:
https://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/fs/fat/fat-1.html
The old 2-byte fields "total number of sectors" and "number of
sectors per FAT" are now zero; this information is now found in
the new 4-byte fields.
(Here given in the FAT32 EBPB section but the total sectors 16/32 bit
fields semantic is true of FAT12 and FAT16 too.)
https://wiki.osdev.org/FAT#BPB_.28BIOS_Parameter_Block.29
19 | 2 | The total sectors in the logical volume. If this value is 0,
it means there are more than 65535 sectors in the volume, and the actual
count is stored in "Large Sectors (bytes 32-35).
32 | 4 | Large amount of sector on media. This field is set if there
are more than 65535 sectors in the volume.
(Doesn't specify what the "large" field is set to when unused, but as
mentioned mkfs.fat sets it to zero then.)
https://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc976796.aspx
0x13 | WORD | 0x0000 |
Small Sectors . The number of sectors on the volume represented in 16
bits (< 65,536). For volumes larger than 65,536 sectors, this field
has a value of zero and the Large Sectors field is used instead.
0x20 | DWORD | 0x01F03E00 |
Large Sectors . If the value of the Small Sectors field is zero, this
field contains the total number of sectors in the FAT16 volume. If the
value of the Small Sectors field is not zero, the value of this field
is zero.
https://staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/fatgen103.pdf page 10
BPB_TotSec16 | 19 | 2 |
This field is the old 16-bit total count of sectors on the volume.
This count includes the count of all sectors in all four regions of the
volume. This field can be 0; if it is 0, then BPB_TotSec32 must be
non-zero. For FAT32 volumes, this field must be 0. For FAT12 and
FAT16 volumes, this field contains the sector count, and
BPB_TotSec32 is 0 if the total sector count “fits” (is less than
0x10000).
BPB_TotSec32 | 32 | 4 |
This field is the new 32-bit total count of sectors on the volume.
This count includes the count of all sectors in all four regions of the
volume. This field can be 0; if it is 0, then BPB_TotSec16 must be
non-zero. For FAT32 volumes, this field must be non-zero. For
FAT12/FAT16 volumes, this field contains the sector count if
BPB_TotSec16 is 0 (count is greater than or equal to 0x10000).
(This specifies that an unused BPB_TotSec32 field is set to zero.)
By the way fix offsets in include/grub/fat.h.
Tested with lDebug booted in qemu via grub2's
FreeDOS direct loading support, refer to
https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldosboot + https://bitbucket.org/ecm/ldebug
Signed-off-by: C. Masloch <pushbx@38.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Code is currently ignoring errors from efibootmgr, giving users
clearly bogus output like:
Setting up grub-efi-amd64 (2.02~beta3-4) ...
Installing for x86_64-efi platform.
Could not delete variable: No space left on device
Could not prepare Boot variable: No space left on device
Installation finished. No error reported.
and then potentially unbootable systems. If efibootmgr fails, grub-install
should know that and report it!
We've been using similar patch in Debian now for some time, with no ill effects.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <93sam@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Fix the Open Firmware (OF) path property for sun4v SPARC systems.
These platforms do not have a /sas/ within their path. Over time
different OF addressing schemes have been supported. There
is no generic addressing scheme that works across every HBA.
It looks that this functionality will not work if you try to cross-install
SPARC GRUB2 binary using e.g. x86 grub-install. By default it should work.
However, we will also have other issues here, like lack of access to OF
firmware/paths, which make such configs unusable anyway. So, let's leave
this patch as is for time being. If somebody cares then he/she should fix
the issue(s) at some point.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Add block-list GPT support for SPARC. The OBP "load" and "boot" methods
are partition aware and neither command can see the partition table. Also
neither command can address the entire physical disk. When the install
happens, grub generates the block-list entries based on the beginning of the
physical disk, not the beginning of the partition. This patch fixes the
block-list entries so they match what OBP expects during boot for a GPT disk.
T5 and above now supports GPT as well as VTOC.
This patch has been tested on T5-2 and newer SPARC systems.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Check the error bits in the interrupt status register. According to the
AHCI 1.2 spec, "Interrupt sources that are disabled (‘0’) are still
reflected in the status registers.", so this should work even though
grub uses polling
This fixes the following problem on a Fujitsu E744 laptop:
Sometimes there is a very long delay (up to several minutes) when
booting from hard disk. It seems accessing the DVD drive (which has no
disk inserted) sometimes fails with some errors, which leads to each
access being stalled until the 20s timeout triggers. This seems to
happen when grub is trying to read filesystem/partition data.
The problem is that the command_issue bit that is checked in the loop is
only reset if the "HBA receives a FIS which clears the BSY, DRQ, and ERR
bits for the command", but the ERR bit is never cleared. Therefore
command_issue is never reset and grub waits for the timeout.
The relevant bit in our case is the Task File Error Status (TFES), which
is equivalent to the ERR bit 0 in tfd. But this patch also checks
the other error bits except for the "Interface non-fatal error status"
bit.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Fritsch <fritsch@genua.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-mkconfig will set GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT to "gfxterm" unless the user
has overridden it. On EFI systems, this will stop output from going to the
default "console" terminal. When the EFI fw console is configured to output to
both serial and video, this will cause GRUB to only display on video - while
continuing to accept input from both video and serial.
Instead of switching from "console" to "gfxterm", let's output to both.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The properties #address-cells and #size-cells are used to know the
number of cells for ranges provided by "regs". If they don't exist, the
value are resp. 2 and 1.
Currently, when multiboot nodes are created it is assumed that #address-cells
and #size-cells are exactly 2. However, they are never set by GRUB and
will result to later failure when the device-tree is generated by GRUB
or contain different values.
To prevent this failure, create the both properties in the chosen nodes.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub-mkconfig detects detached RSA signatures for kernel images used for
signature checking as valid images and adds them to grub.cfg as separate
menu entries. This patch adds .sig extension to common blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Jordan Glover <Golden_Miller83@protonmail.ch>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Prevent a double open. This can cause problems with some ieee1275
devices, causing the system to hang. The double open can occur
as follows:
grub_ls_list_files (char *dirname, int longlist, int all, int human)
dev = grub_device_open (device_name);
dev remains open while:
grub_normal_print_device_info (device_name);
dev = grub_device_open (name);
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On efi systems, make pmtimer based tsc calibration the default over the
pit. This prevents Grub from hanging on Intel SoC systems that power gate
the pit.
Signed-off-by: David E. Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When we exit grub, we don't free all the memory that we allocated earlier
for our heap region. This can cause problems with setups where you try
to descend the boot order using "exit" entries, such as PXE -> HD boot
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The reboot function calls machine_fini() and then reboots the system.
Currently it lives in lib/ which means it gets compiled into the
reboot module which lives on the heap.
In a following patch, I want to free the heap on machine_fini()
though, so we would free the memory that the code is running in. That
obviously breaks with smarter UEFI implementations.
So this patch moves it into the core. That way we ensure that all
code running after machine_fini() in the UEFI case is running from
memory that got allocated (and gets deallocated) by the UEFI core.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The multiboot2 is much more preferable than multiboot. Especiall
if booting under EFI where multiboot does not have the functionality
to pass ImageHandler.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Commit d33045ce7f introduced
the support for this, but it does not work under x86 (as it stops
20_linux_xen from running).
The 20_linux_xen is run under a shell and any exits from within it:
(For example on x86):
+ /usr/bin/grub2-file --is-arm64-efi /boot/xen-4.9.0.gz
[root@tst063 grub]# echo $?
1
will result in 20_linux_xen exiting without continuing
and also causing grub2-mkconfig to stop processing.
As in:
[root@tst063 grub]# ./grub-mkconfig | tail
Generating grub configuration file ...
Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-4.13.0-0.rc5.git1.1.fc27.x86_64
Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-4.13.0-0.rc5.git1.1.fc27.x86_64.img
Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2
Found initrd image: /boot/initramfs-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2.img
echo 'Loading Linux 0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2 ...'
linux /vmlinuz-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2 root=/dev/mapper/fedora_tst063-root ro single
echo 'Loading initial ramdisk ...'
initrd /initramfs-0-rescue-ec082ee24aea41b9b16aca52a6d10cc2.img
}
}
### END /usr/local/etc/grub.d/10_linux ###
### BEGIN /usr/local/etc/grub.d/20_linux_xen ###
root@tst063 grub]#
And no more.
This patch wraps the invocation of grub-file to be a in subshell
and to process the return value in a conditional. That fixes
the issue.
RH-BZ 1486002: grub2-mkconfig does not work if xen.gz is installed.
CC: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The `grub_util_exec_redirect_all` helper function can be used to
spawn an executable and redirect its output to some files. After calling
`fork()`, the parent will wait for the child to terminate with
`waitpid()` while the child prepares its file descriptors, environment
and finally calls `execvp()`. If something in the children's setup
fails, it will stop by calling `exit(127)`.
Calling `exit()` will cause any function registered via `atexit()` to be
executed, which is usually the wrong thing to do in a child. And
actually, one can easily observe faulty behaviour on musl-based systems
without modprobe(8) installed: executing `grub-install --help` will call
`grub_util_exec_redirect_all` with "modprobe", which obviously fails if
modprobe(8) is not installed. Due to the child now exiting and invoking
the `atexit()` handlers, it will clean up some data structures of the
parent and cause it to be deadlocked in the `waitpid()` syscall.
The issue can easily be fixed by calling `_exit(127)` instead, which is
especially designed to be called when the atexit-handlers should not be
executed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Steinhardt <ps@pks.im>
Previously we had multiboot and multiboot2 declaring the same symbols.
This can potentially lead to aliasing and strange behaviours when e.g.
module instead of module2 is used with multiboot2.
Bug: #51137
With upcoming changes to EDK2, allocations of type EFI_LOADER_DATA may
not return regions with execute ability. Since modules are loaded onto
the heap, change the heap allocation type to GRUB_EFI_LOADER_CODE in
order to permit execution on systems with this feature enabled.
Closes: 50420
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
In preparation for turning this into a common loader for 32-bit and 64-bit
platforms, ensure the code will compile cleanly for either.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Add a generic GRUB_PE32_MAGIC definition for the PE 'MZ' tag and delete
the existing one in arm64/linux.h.
Update arm64 Linux loader to use this new definition.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
There is nothing ARM64 (or even ARM) specific about the efi fdt helper
library, which is used for locating or overriding a firmware-provided
devicetree in a UEFI system - so move it to loader/efi for reuse.
Move the fdtload.h include file to grub/efi and update path to
efi/fdtload.h in source code referring to it.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
grub_efi_allocate_pages Essentially does 2 unrelated things:
* Allocate at fixed address.
* Allocate at any address.
To switch between 2 different functions it uses address == 0 as magic
value which is wrong as 0 is a perfectly valid fixed adress to allocate at.
Expose a new function, grub_efi_allocate_pages_real(), making it possible
to specify allocation type and memory type as supported by the UEFI
AllocatePages boot service.
Make grub_efi_allocate_pages() a consumer of the new function,
maintaining its old functionality.
Also delete some left-around #if 1/#else blocks in the affected
functions.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Use same algorithm as in libblkid from util-linux v2.30.
1. Take first 16 bytes from UTF-8 encoded string of VolumeSetIdentifier
2. If all bytes are hexadecimal digits, convert to lowercase and use as UUID
3. If first 8 bytes are not all hexadecimal digits, convert those 8 bytes
to their hexadecimal representation, resulting in 16 bytes for UUID
4. Otherwise, compose UUID from two parts:
1. part: converted first 8 bytes (which are hexadecimal digits) to lowercase
2. part: encoded following 4 bytes to their hexadecimal representation (16 bytes)
So UUID would always have 16 hexadecimal digits in lowercase variant.
According to UDF specification, first 16 Unicode characters of
VolumeSetIdentifier should be unique value and first 8 should be
hexadecimal characters.
In most cases all 16 characters are hexadecimal, but e.g. MS Windows
format.exe set only first 8 as hexadecimal and remaining as fixed
(non-unique) which violates specification.
UDF dstring has stored length in the last byte of buffer. Therefore last
byte is not part of recorded characters. And empty string in dstring is
encoded as empty buffer, including first byte (compression id).
when protocols_per_handle returns error, we can't use the pointers we
passed to it, and that includes trusting num_protocols.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
On such a filesystem, inodes may have EXT4_ENCRYPT_FLAG set.
For a regular file, this means its contents are encrypted; for a
directory, this means the filenames in its directory entries are
encrypted; and for a symlink, this means its target is encrypted. Since
GRUB cannot decrypt encrypted contents or filenames, just issue an error
if it would need to do so. This is sufficient to allow unencrypted boot
files to co-exist with encrypted files elsewhere on the filesystem.
(Note that encrypted regular files and symlinks will not normally be
encountered outside an encrypted directory; however, it's possible via
hard links, so they still need to be handled.)
Tested by booting from an ext4 /boot partition on which I had run
'tune2fs -O encrypt'. I also verified that the expected error messages
are printed when trying to access encrypted directories, files, and
symlinks from the GRUB command line. Also ran 'sudo ./grub-fs-tester
ext4_encrypt'; note that this requires e2fsprogs v1.43+ and Linux v4.1+.
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Don't use devspec to determine the OBP path on SPARC hardware. Within all
versions of Linux on SPARC, the devspec returns one of three values:
"none", "vnet-port", or "vdisk". Unlike on PPC, none of these values
are useful in determining the OBP path.
Before this patch grub-ofpathname always returned the wrong value
for a virtual disk. For example:
% grub-ofpathname /dev/vdiskc2
vdisk/disk@2:b
After this patch it now returns the correct value:
% grub-ofpathname /dev/vdiskc2
/virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/disk@2:b
Orabug: 24459765
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
delete: xen_linux, xen_initrd, xen_xsm
add: xen_module
This update bases on
commit 0edd750e50
Author: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Date: Fri Jan 22 10:18:47 2016 +0100
xen_boot: Remove obsolete module type distinctions.
Also bases on the module loading mechanism of Xen code:
488c2a8 docs/arm64: clarify the documention for loading XSM support
67831c4 docs/arm64: update the documentation for loading XSM support
ca32012 xen/arm64: check XSM Magic from the second unknown module.
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds the support of xen_boot command for aarch64:
xen_hypervisor
xen_module
These two commands are only for aarch64, since it has its own protocol and
commands to boot xen hypervisor and Dom0, but not multiboot.
For other architectures, they are still using multiboot and module
commands.
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds "--nounzip" option support in order to
be compatible with the module command of multiboot on other architecture,
by this way we can simplify grub-mkconfig support code.
This patch also allow us to use zip compressed module(like Linux kernel
for Dom0).
Signed-off-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Xen is currently crashing because of malformed compatible property for
the boot module. This is because the property string is not
null-terminated as requested by the ePAR spec.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Fu Wei <fu.wei@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The ihandle is left open with a cd-core image. This will cause a delay
booting grub from a virtual cdrom in a LDOM. It will also cause problems
as Linux boots, since it expects the ihandle to be closed during init.
Orabug: 25911275
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
This patch adds support for virtual LAN (VLAN) tagging. VLAN tagging allows
multiple VLANs in a bridged network to share the same physical network link
but maintain isolation:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.1Q
* grub-core/net/ethernet.c: Add check, get, and set vlan tag id.
* grub-core/net/drivers/ieee1275/ofnet.c: Get vlan tag id from bootargs.
* grub-core/net/arp.c: Add check.
* grub-core/net/ip.c: Likewise.
* include/grub/net/arp.h: Add vlantag attribute.
* include/grub/net/ip.h: Likewise.
In util/getroot and efidisk slightly modify exitsing comment to mostly
retain it but still make GCC7 compliant with respect to fall through
annotation.
In grub-core/lib/xzembed/xz_dec_lzma2.c it adds same comments as
upstream.
In grub-core/tests/setjmp_tets.c declare functions as "noreturn" to
suppress GCC7 warning.
In grub-core/gnulib/regexec.c use new __attribute__, because existing
annotation is not recognized by GCC7 parser (which requires that comment
immediately precedes case statement).
Otherwise add FALLTHROUGH comment.
Closes: 50598
Fixed loading of ACPI tables on EFI (side effect was apparent memory
corruption ranging from unpredictable behavior to system reset).
Reported by Nando Eva <nando4eva@ymail.com>
iPXE adds Simple File System Protocol to loaded image handle, as side
effect it also adds Block IO protocol (according to comments, to work
around some bugs in EDK2). GRUB assumes that every device with Block IO
is disk and skips network initialization entirely. But iPXE Block IO
implementation is just a stub which always fails for every operation
so cannot be used. Attempt to detect and skip such devices.
We are using media ID which iPXE sets to "iPXE" and block IO size in
hope that no real device would announce 1B block ...
Closes: 50518
1. Make sure files are not multiple of block size. This will ensure tail packing
for squash4 and may also trigger more codes paths in other filesystems.
2. Call mksquashfs with -always-use-fragments to force tail packing.
UEFI 2.6 9.3.6.4 File Path Media Device Path says that Path Name is
"A NULL-terminated Path string including directory and file names".
Strip final NULL from Path Name in each File Path node when constructing
full path. To be on safe side, strip all of them.
Fixes failure chainloading grub from grub, when loaded grub truncates
image path and does not find its grub.cfg.
https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1026344
This was triggered by commit ce95549cc54b5d6f494608a7c390dba3aab4fba7;
before it we built Path Name without trailing NULL, and apparently all
other bootloaders use single File Path node, thus not exposing this bug.
1. Do not assume block list and fragment are mutually exclusive. Squash
can pack file tail as fragment (unless -no-fragments is specified); so
check read offset and read either from block list or from fragments as
appropriate.
2. Support sparse files with zero blocks.
3. Fix fragment read - frag.offset is absolute fragment position,
not offset relative to ino.chunk.
Reported and tested by Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
In case of GRUB we put remapper after domain pages and not at 0x0.
In this case we use max_addr to put remapper. Unfortunately we increment
max_addr as well in this case resulting in virt mapping mapping page
at old max_addr and trying to boot using new max_addr.
Closes 46014.
The current documentation for the special environment variable
"default" is confusing and unclear. This patch attempts to clean it
up.
In particular, the current documentation refers to the "number or
title", but then in the example it gives, the menu entries and
submenus all have numbers *in* their title; furthermore, there is no
example given about how to choose the number, or any indication about
whether counting is zero-indexed or 1-indexed.
Having a cleaner example and presenting all variants (numeric, title,
and id) should make it clearer to the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kahn Gillmor <dkg@fifthhorseman.net>
Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification, Version 2.6,
section 2.3.4, x64 Platforms, boot services, says among others:
The stack must be 16-byte aligned. So, do it. Otherwise OS may
boot only by chance as it happens right now.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
According to EABI only STT_FUNC has convention of lowest bit indicating
execution mode. R_THM_{JUMP,CALL}* relocations are assumed to be pointing
to thumb mode unless they use STT_FUNC.
We need -static as otherwise linker will set interpreter field and ld.so
is not available on our initrd's.
Strip all sections we don't need on binary tests.
If ascent is bigger than height - 2, then we draw over character box but then
to clear cursor we only draw over character box. So trim ascent if necessarry.
We don't use lgcc_s but missing lgcc_s or another library cause test to fail.
So use -nostdlib.
We need to use -Werror to avoid warning-generated case to be accepted.
Clang uses -nopie rather than -no-pie. Check both and use whichever one works.
Additionally android clang passes -pie to the linker even though it doesn't
define __PIE__. So if compilation without no-pie logic fails add -nopie/-no-pie
even if __PIE__ is not defined.
clang 3.8 and later doesn't support -mllvm -use-arm-movt=0
whereas older clang doesn't know -mno-movt. So use
-mno-movt whenever possible and fallback to mllvm variant.
proot creates hidden files with .proot prefix and name
derived from real file name. So decrease file name length
and path depth. For some reason depth 85 also results in
undeleteable directory, so use 84 instead of 85.
These entries have placeholder for device name and so are useless for our
purpose. grub failed with something like
grub-install: error: failed to get canonical path of `systemd-1'.
When we see autofs entry, record it (to keep parent-child relationship) but
continue to look for real mount. If it is found, we process it as usual. If
only autofs entry exists, attempt to trigger mount by opening mount point
and retry. Mount point itself is then kept open to avoid timeout.
Recent systemd is by default using automount for /boot/efi so this should
become more popular problem on EFI systems.
Closes: 49942
glibc 2.25 still includes sys/sysmacros.h in sys/types.h but also emits
deprecation warning. So test for sys/types.h succeeds in configure but later
compilation fails because we use -Werror by default.
While this is fixed in current autoconf GIT, we really cannot force everyone
to use bleeding edge (that is not even released right now). So run test under
-Werror as well to force proper detection.
This should have no impact on autoconf 2.70+ as AC_HEADER_MAJOR in this version
simply checks for header existence.
Reported and tested by Khem Raj <raj.khem@gmail.com>
The path returned by grub_efi_net_config has already been stripped for the
directory part extracted from cached bootp packet. We should just return the
result to avoild it be stripped again.
It fixed the problem that grub.efi as NBP image always looking for grub.cfg and
platform directory in upper folder rather than current one it gets loaded while
$prefix is empty. The behavior is inconsistent with other architecture and how
we would expect empty $prefix going to be in general.
The only exception to the general rule of empty $prefix is that when loaded
from platform directory itself, the platform part is stripped thus upper folder
is used for looking up files. It meets the case for how grub-mknetdir lay out
the files under tftp root directory, but also hide away this issue to be
identified as it appears to be just works.
Also fix possible memory leak by moving grub_efi_get_filename() call after
grub_efi_net_config().
EFI File Path Media Device Path is defined as NULL terminated string;
but chainloader built file paths without final NULL. This caused error
with Secure Boot and Linux Foundation PreLoader on Acer with InsydeH20 BIOS.
Apparently firmware failed verification with EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER which is
considered fatal error by PreLoader.
Reported and tested by Giovanni Santini <itachi.sama.amaterasu@gmail.com>
When Grub is compile with gcc 6.1 that have --enable-defult-pie set.
It fail with.
-ffreestanding -m32 -Wl,-melf_i386 -Wl,--build-id=none -nostdlib -Wl,-N -Wl,-r,-d -
o trig.module trig_module-trigtables.o
grep 'MARKER' gcry_whirlpool.marker.new > gcry_whirlpool.marker; rm -f
gcry_whirlpool.marker.new
/usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/6.1.0/../../../../x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/bin/ld: -r and -
shared may not be used together
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:26993: recipe for target 'trig.module' failed
Check that compiler supports -no-pie and add it to linker flags.
get_card_packet() from ofnet.c allocates a netbuff based on the device's MTU:
nb = grub_netbuff_alloc (dev->mtu + 64 + 2);
In the case when the MTU is large, and the received packet is
relatively small, this leads to allocation of significantly more memory,
than it's required. An example could be transmission of TFTP packets
with 0x400 blksize via a network card with 0x10000 MTU.
This patch implements a per-card receive buffer in a way similar to efinet.c,
and makes get_card_packet() allocate a netbuff of the received data size.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kholmanskikh <stanislav.kholmanskikh@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
In the current code search_net_devices() uses the "alloc-mem" command
from the IEEE1275 User Interface for allocation of the transmit buffer
for the case when GRUB_IEEE1275_FLAG_VIRT_TO_REAL_BROKEN is set.
I don't have hardware where this flag is set to verify if this
workaround is still needed. However, further changes to ofnet will
require to execute this workaround one more time. Therefore, to
avoid possible duplication of code I'm moving this piece of
code into a function.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kholmanskikh <stanislav.kholmanskikh@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
We only support FDT files with EFI on arm and arm64 systems, not
on x86. So move the helper that finds a prepopulated FDT UUID
into its own file and only build it for architectures where it
also gets called.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Network boot autoconfiguration sets default server to next server IP
(siaddr) from BOOTP/DHCP reply, but manual configuration using net_bootp
exports only server name. Unfortunately semantic of server name is not
clearly defined. BOOTP RFC 951 defines it only for client request, and
DHCP RFC 1541 only mentions it, without any implied usage. It looks like
this field is mostly empty in server replies.
Export next server IP as net_<interface>_next_server variable. This allows
grub configuration script to set $root/$prefix based on information obtained
by net_bootp.
Reported and tested by: Nikunj A Dadhania <nikunj@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: nikunj@linux.vnet.ibm.com
v2: change variable name to net_<interface>_next_server as discussed on the list
If EFI is nice enough to pass us an FDT using configuration tables on 32bit
ARM, we should really try and make use of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Searching for a device tree that EFI passes to us via configuration tables
is nothing architecture specific. Move it into generic code.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
grub_util_get_dm_abstraction() does a string comparison of insufficient
length. When using a UUID such as "CRYPT-PLAIN-sda6_crypt", the function
returns GRUB_DEV_ABSTRACTION_LUKS.
This results in the error:
./grub-probe: error: disk `cryptouuid/sda6_crypt' not found.
This appears to be a copy/paste error introduced in:
a10e7a5a89
The bug was (apparently) latent until revealed by:
3bca85b418
Signed-off-by: Corey Hickey <bugfood-c@fatooh.org>
Modern pvops linux kernels support a p2m list not covered by the
kernel mapping. This capability is flagged by an elf-note specifying
the virtual address the kernel is expecting the p2m list to be mapped
to.
In case the elf-note is set by the kernel don't place the p2m list
into the kernel mapping, but map it to the given address. This will
allow to support domains with larger memory, as the kernel mapping is
limited to 2GB and a domain with huge memory in the TB range will have
a p2m list larger than this.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Modify the page table construction to allow multiple virtual regions
to be mapped. This is done as preparation for removing the p2m list
from the initial kernel mapping in order to support huge pv domains.
This allows a cleaner approach for mapping the relocator page by
using this capability.
The interface to the assembler level of the relocator has to be changed
in order to be able to process multiple page table areas.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Modern pvops linux kernels support an initrd not covered by the initial
mapping. This capability is flagged by an elf-note.
In case the elf-note is set by the kernel don't place the initrd into
the initial mapping. This will allow to load larger initrds and/or
support domains with larger memory, as the initial mapping is limited
to 2GB and it is containing the p2m list.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Do the allocation of page tables in a separate function. This will
allow to do the allocation at different times of the boot preparations
depending on the features the kernel is supporting.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Do the allocation of special pages (start info, console and xenbus
ring buffers) in a separate function. This will allow to do the
allocation at different times of the boot preparations depending on
the features the kernel is supporting.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Do the p2m list allocation of the to be loaded kernel in a separate
function. This will allow doing the p2m list allocation at different
times of the boot preparations depending on the features the kernel
is supporting.
While at this remove superfluous setting of first_p2m_pfn and
nr_p2m_frames as those are needed only in case of the p2m list not
being mapped by the initial kernel mapping.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Get actual version of include/xen/xen.h from the Xen repository in
order to be able to use constants defined there.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Various features and parameters of a pv-kernel are specified via
elf notes in the kernel image. Those notes are part of the interface
between the Xen hypervisor and the kernel.
Instead of using num,bers in the code when interpreting the elf notes
make use of the header supplied by Xen for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The loader for xen paravirtualized environment is using lots of global
variables. Reduce the number by making them either local or by putting
them into a single state structure.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
When loading a Xen pv-kernel avoid memory leaks in case of errors.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
The loader for xen paravirtualized environment isn't callable multiple
times as it won't free any memory in case of failure.
Call grub_relocator_unload() as other modules do it before allocating
a new relocator or when unloading the module.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Currently multiboot2 protocol loads image exactly at address specified in
ELF or multiboot2 header. This solution works quite well on legacy BIOS
platforms. It is possible because memory regions are placed at predictable
addresses (though I was not able to find any spec which says that it is
strong requirement, so, it looks that it is just a goodwill of hardware
designers). However, EFI platforms are more volatile. Even if required
memory regions live at specific addresses then they are sometimes simply
not free (e.g. used by boot/runtime services on Dell PowerEdge R820 and
OVMF). This means that you are not able to just set up final image
destination on build time. You have to provide method to relocate image
contents to real load address which is usually different than load address
specified in ELF and multiboot2 headers.
This patch provides all needed machinery to do self relocation in image code.
First of all GRUB2 reads min_addr (min. load addr), max_addr (max. load addr),
align (required image alignment), preference (it says which memory regions are
preferred by image, e.g. none, low, high) from multiboot_header_tag_relocatable
header tag contained in binary (at this stage load addresses from multiboot2
and/or ELF headers are ignored). Later loader tries to fulfill request (not only
that one) and if it succeeds then it informs image about real load address via
multiboot_tag_load_base_addr tag. At this stage GRUB2 role is finished. Starting
from now executable must cope with relocations itself using whole static and
dynamic knowledge provided by boot loader.
This patch does not provide functionality which could do relocations using
ELF relocation data. However, I was asked by Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk and Vladimir
'phcoder' Serbinenko to investigate that thing. It looks that relevant machinery
could be added to existing code (including this patch) without huge effort.
Additionally, ELF relocation could live in parallel with self relocation provided
by this patch. However, during research I realized that first of all we should
establish the details how ELF relocatable image should look like and how it should
be build. At least to build proper test/example files.
So, this patch just provides support for self relocatable images. If ELF file
with relocs is loaded then GRUB2 complains loudly and ignores it. Support for
such files will be added later.
This patch was tested with Xen image which uses that functionality. However, this Xen
feature is still under development and new patchset will be released in about 2-3 weeks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
If image requested EFI boot services then skip multiboot2 memory maps.
Main reason for not providing maps is because they will likely be
invalid. We do a few allocations after filling them, e.g. for relocator
needs. Usually we do not care as we would have finished boot services.
If we keep boot services then it is easier/safer to not provide maps.
However, if image needs memory maps and they are not provided by bootloader
then it should get itself just before ExitBootServices() call.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Add tags used to pass ImageHandle to loaded image if requested.
It is used by at least ExitBootServices() function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Add grub_relocator64_efi relocator. It will be used on EFI 64-bit platforms
when multiboot2 compatible image requests MULTIBOOT_TAG_TYPE_EFI_BS. Relocator
will set lower parts of %rax and %rbx accordingly to multiboot2 specification.
On the other hand processor mode, just before jumping into loaded image, will
be set accordingly to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Specification,
Version 2.4 Errata B, section 2.3.4, x64 Platforms, boot services. This way
loaded image will be able to use EFI boot services without any issues.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kiper <daniel.kiper@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
limit_time underflows when current time is less than 90000ms.
This causes packet fragments received during this time, i.e.,
till 90000ms pass since timer init, to be rejected.
Hence, set it to 0 if its less than 90000.
Signed-off-by: Sakar Arora <Sakar.Arora@nxp.com>
LLVM 3.9 now emits short form of jump instructions, but it is still using
32 bit addresses for some movl instructions. Fortunately it was caught early:
clang ... boot/i386/pc/boot.S
clang -cc1as: fatal error: error in backend: invalid .org offset '440' (at offset '441')
Add additional check to catch it during configure run and force -no-integrated-as.
Closes: 49200
More details in
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/grub-devel/2015-02/msg00099.htmlhttps://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=22662
We may get more than one response before exiting out of loop in
grub_net_dns_lookup, but buffer was allocated for the first response only,
so storing answers from subsequent replies wrote past allocated size.
We never really use more than the very first address during lookup so there
is little point in collecting all of them. Just quit early if we already have
some reply.
Code needs serious redesign to actually collect multiple answers
and select the best fit according to requested type (IPv4 or IPv6).
Reported and tested by Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
XFS V5 stores UUID in metadata and compares them with superblock UUID.
To allow changing of user-visible UUID it stores original value in new
superblock field (meta_uuid) and sets incompatible flag to indicate that
new field must be used to verify metadata. Our driver currently does not
check metadata UUID so simply accept such filesystem.
Reported-By: Marcos Mello <marcosfrm@outlook.com>
Reviewd by Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
If we open new connection, we need to reset stall indication, otherwise
nothing will ever be polled (low level code rely on this field being
zero when establishing connection).
Depending on the OS/libc, device macros are defined in different
headers. This change ensures we include the right one.
sys/types.h - BSD
sys/mkdev.h - Sun
sys/sysmacros.h - glibc (Linux)
glibc currently pulls sys/sysmacros.h into sys/types.h, but this may
change in a future release.
https://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2015-11/msg00253.html
At least the apache sever is very unhappy with that extra null line and will
take more than ten seconds in responding to each range request, which slows
down a lot the entire http file transfer process or even time out.
OpenBSD 5.9 apparently defaults to -fpie. We use -fno-PIE when appropriate
already, but that is not enough - it does not turn off -fpie.
Actually check for -fPIE is not precise enough. __PIE__ is set for both
-fpie and -fPIE but with different values. As far as I can tell, both
options were introduced at the same time, so both should always be supported.
This fixes compilation on OpenBSD 5.9 which otherwise created insanely big
lzma_decompress.img.
Reported, suggested and tested by: Jiri B <jirib@devio.us>
Historically this variable hold previous value of filename that
had to be freed if allocated previously. Currently this branch
is entered only if filename was not allocated previously so it
became redundant. It did not cause real problems because grub_free
was not called, but code is confusing and causes compilation error
in some cases.
Grub would notify the user if the new config was invalid, however, it
did not exit properly with exit code 1. Added the proper exit code.
Resolves: rhbz#1252311
Returned from the OpenProtocol operation, the grub_efi_block_io_media
structure contains the io_align field, specifying the minimum alignment
required for buffers used in any data transfers with the device.
Make grub_efidisk_readwrite() allocate a temporary buffer, aligned to
this boundary, if the buffer passed to it does not already meet the
requirements.
Also sanity check the io_align field in grub_efidisk_open() for
power-of-two-ness and bail if invalid.
util/grub-mkimagexx.c is included in a special way into mkimage.c.
Interoperation between defines makes this very tricky. Instead
just have a clean interface and compile util/grub-mkimage*.c separately
from mkimage.c
Map EFI_NO_MEDIA to GRUB_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE that is ignored by diskfilter. This
actually matches pretty close (we obviously attempt to read outside of media)
and avoids adding more error codes.
This affects only internally initiated scans. If read/write from removable is
explicitly requested, we still return an error and text explanation is more
clear for user than generic error.
Reported and tested by Andreas Loew <Andreas.Loew@gmx.net>
ipv6 routing in grub2 is broken, we cannot talk to anything outside our local
network or anything that doesn't route in our global namespace. This patch
fixes this by doing a couple of things
1) Read the router information off of the router advertisement. If we have a
router lifetime we need to take the source address and create a route from it.
2) Changes the routing stuff slightly to allow you to specify a gateway _and_ an
interface. Since the router advertisements come in on the link local address we
need to associate it with the global address on the card. So when we are
processing the router advertisement, either use the SLAAC interface we create
and add the route to that interface, or loop through the global addresses we
currently have on our interface and associate it with one of those addresses.
We need to have a special case here for the default route so that it gets used,
we do this by setting the masksize to 0 to mean it encompasses all networks.
The routing code will automatically select the best route so if there is a
closer match we will use that.
With this patch I can now talk to ipv6 addresses outside of my local network.
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Prevent buffer over-read in grub_machine_mmap_iterate. This was
causing phys_base from being calculated properly. This then
caused the wrong value to be placed in ramdisk_image within
struct linux_hdrs. Which prevented the ramdisk from loading on
boot.
Newer SPARC systems contain more than 8 available memory entries.
For example on a T5-8 with 2TB of memory, the memory layout could
look like this:
T5-8 Memory
reg 00000000 30000000 0000003f b0000000
00000800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00001000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00001800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00002000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00002800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00003000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00003800 00000000 00000040 00000000
available 00003800 00000000 0000003f ffcae000
00003000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00002800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00002000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00001800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00001000 00000000 00000040 00000000
00000800 00000000 00000040 00000000
00000000 70000000 0000003f 70000000
00000000 6eef8000 00000000 00002000
00000000 30400000 00000000 3eaf6000
name memory
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
When running grub in a VGA console of a KVM pseries guest on PowerPC,
you can see the cursor sweeping over the whole line when entering a
character in editor mode. This is visible because grub always refreshes
the whole line when entering a character in editor mode, and drawing
characters is quite a slow operation with the firmware used for the
powerpc pseries guests (SLOF).
To avoid this ugliness, the cursor should be disabled when refreshing
the screen contents during update_screen().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
lexer calls yylex_fatal on fatal internal errors. yylex_fatal itself is
declared as noreturn and calls exit. Returning from noreturn function has
unpredictable consequences.
all_video module does not have any code or data and exists solely for
.moddeps section to pull in dependencies. This makes all symbols unneeded.
While in current binutils (last released version as of this commit is 2.26)
``strip --strip-unneeded'' unintentionally adds section symbols for each
existing section, this behavior was considered a bug and changed in commit
14f2c699ddca1e2f706342dffc59a6c7e23e844c to completely strip symbol table
in this case.
Older binutils (verified with 2.17) and some other toolchains (at least
elftoolchain r3223M), both used in FreeBSD, remove symbol table in all_video
as well.
Relax run-time check and do not return error for modules without symbol table.
Add additional checks to module verifier to make sure such modules
a) have non-empty .moddeps section. Without either externally visible symbols
or .moddeps modules are completely useless and should not be built.
b) do not have any relocations.
Closes: 46986
v2: add run-time check for empty symbol table if relocations are present as
suggested by Vladimir.
If root filesystem is multidev btrfs, do not attempt to pass all devices as
kernel root= argument. This results in splitting command line in GRUB due to
embedded newline and even if we managed to quote it, kernel does not know how
to interpret it anyway. Multidev btrfs requires user space device scanning,
so passing single device would not work too.
This still respects user settings GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID. Not sure what we
should do in this case.
Closes: 45709
-Wunreachable-code has been a no-op since GCC 4.5; GRUB hasn't been
compiled with it since 2012; and GCC 6 produces "error:
'-Wunreachable-code' is not an option that controls warnings" for these.
Fixes Debian bug #812047.
server cannot be NULL at this point (we return error earlier if it is).
Also structure is zalloc'ed, so no need to explicitly initialize
members to 0.
Found by: Coverity scan.
CID: 73837
Condition was apparently reversed so GRUB assumed all devices were
files. This later made it skip BLKFLSBUF ioctl on Linux which caused
various page cache coherency issues. Observed were
- failure to validate blocklist install (read content did not match
just written)
- failure to detect Linux MD on disk after online hot addition
(GRUB got stale superblock)
Closes: 46691
grub_xfs_iterate_dir did not restore first character after inline
name when match was found. Dependning on XFS format this character
could be inode number and we could return to the same node later in
find_file if processing cycled symlinks.
CID: 86724
If line contains single word, line and argv[0] are aliases, so
no NULL dereference is possible, but Coverity does not know it.
Change code to avoid ambiguity and also remove redundant call to
grub_strchr.
CID: 86725
Timer event to keep grub msec counter was running at 1000HZ. This was too
fast for UEFI timer driver and resulted in a 10x slowdown in grub time
versus wallclock. Reduce the timer event frequency and increase tick
increment accordingly to keep better time.
coreboot has ACPI while 2 others don't. *BSD need ACPI and have trouble
without it. Don't even attempt to boot *BSD on multiboot or qemu targets.
On coreboot boot all *BSD except 32-bit NetBSD which apparently does some
early BIOS calls.
efiemu is supposed to be disabled when compiling through exe format.
Unfortunately format was determined only after efiemu check. Reorder to fix the
problem
On emu some checks can be laxer like check for relocation range. Additionally
module loading in emu is rarely used. So skip this check rather than making
it laxer for all platforms. In ideal we may want to have slightly different
check for emu but for now this is good enough.
This argument disables generation of calls to __chkstk_ms. Those calls are
useless on GRUB as function is dummy. Yet they increase module size and
use limited-range relocations which may not work under some memory layouts.
We currently don't use such layouts on concerned platforms but lt's correct
this.
This section is generated by clang and is useful only for debugging.
It contains exotic relocations, so strip them to avoid them interferring
with module loading.
Currently only Windows gets distinguished icons, everything else is displayed
using the same generic one. Add additional --class based on os-prober returned
label, which usually is expected to match primary distribution name.
Also use it for Windows as well - chainloader prober may actually return
different strings (Windows, MS-DOS, Windows9xME).
This was lost when code was refactored. Patch restores previous behavior.
It is still not clear whether this is the right one. Due to the way we
detect DM abstraction, partitions on DM are skipped, we fall through to
generic detection which ends up in assuming parent device is BIOS disk.
It is useful to install GRUB on VM disk from the host. But it also means
that GRUB will mistakenly allow install on real system as well.
For now let's fix regression; future behavior needs to be discussed.
Closes: 45163
GRUB keeps partition offset and size in units of 512B sectors. Media paths
are defined in terms of LBA which are presumed to match HDD sector size.
This is probably cosmetic (EFI requires that partition is searched by GUID)
and still incorrect if GPT was created using different logical block size.
But current code is obviously wrong and new has better chances to be correct.
Otherwise it causes subsequent file open to fail, because grub_file_open
misinterprets set grub_errno for grub_file_get_device_name failure.
Closes: 46540
Define
* GRUB_EFI_PERSISTENT_MEMORY (UEFI memory map type 14) per UEFI 2.5
* GRUB_MEMORY_PERSISTENT (E820 type 7) per ACPI 3.0
* GRUB_MEMORY_PERSISTENT_LEGACY (E820 unofficial type 12) per ACPI 3.0
and translate GRUB_EFI_PERSISTENT_MEMORY to GRUB_MEMORY_PERSISTENT in
grub_efi_mmap_iterate().
Includes
* adding the E820 names to lsmmap
* handling the E820 types in make_efi_memtype()
Suggested-by: Vladimir 'φ-coder/phcoder' Serbinenko <phcoder@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Andrei Borzenkov <arvidjaar@gmail.com>
While adding tcp window scaling support I was finding that I'd get some packet
loss or reordering when transferring from large distances and grub would just
timeout. This is because we weren't ack'ing when we got our OOO packet, so the
sender didn't know it needed to retransmit anything, so eventually it would fill
the window and stop transmitting, and we'd time out. Fix this by ACK'ing when
we don't find our next sequence numbered packet. With this fix I no longer time
out. Thanks,
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Condition was accidentally reversed, so PIT calibration always failed
when PIT was present and always succeeded when PIT was missing, but in
the latter case resulted in absurdly fast clock.
Reported and tested by Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
gnulib files are already handled by recursive make distdir invocation.
Including all generated headers (after make completed) causes build
failure if target system is different (different compile version etc).
Macports add extra information after version itself:
$flex --version
flex 2.5.35 Apple(flex-31)
We require at least felx 2.5.35 so do not need to care about prehistoric
"flex version n.n.n"; just use second field always.
Reported by Peter Cheung <mcheung63@hotmail.com>
PIT isn't available on some of new hardware including Hyper-V. So
use pmtimer for calibration. Moreover pmtimer calibration is faster, so
use it on coreboor where booting time is important.
Based on patch by Michael Chang.
9be4c45dbe added switch case between
fall through cases, causing all memory regions of unknown type to be
marked as available.
Move default case into its own block and add explicit FALLTHROUGH
annotation.
Reported by Elliott, Robert (Persistent Memory) <elliott@hpe.com>
We were resetting nb->data every time we tried a new server, but we need to do
it every time we try for a different record, otherwise we don't end up falling
back to the A record properly. Thanks,
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
This makes it impossible to read from stdin without controlling tty:
10:/mnt # echo -e passwd\\npasswd | setsid ./grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2
Enter password:
Reenter password: ./grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: error: failure to read password.
10:/mnt
We already check that jump over 300 bytes gap is 3 bytes in code16-mode.
Some clang versions generate 3-byte opcode for short jumps which makes
boot.img blow over 512-byte limit. Enforce -no-integrated-as in such cases
libgcrypt-grub shouldn't be modified directly anyway. With this patch
tarball without contrib can be unpacked on FAT and stay usable for
out-of-tree compile on full POSIX FS (compile on FAT not tested).
It is not possible to configure encrypted containers on multiple partitions of
the same disk; after the first one all subsequent fail with
disk/cryptodisk.c:978: already mounted as crypto0
Store partition offset in cryptomount descriptor to distinguish between them.
This did not cause real problem but is good for reproducible builds. I hit
it with recent bootinfoscript that displays embedded config; I was puzzled
by random garbage at the end.
Prezero memory buffer used to assemble core.img. This makes individual
memset redundant. Also ensure buffer is filled with zeroes in several other
places.
Also remove redundant zeroing code where we fill in the whole memory block
anyway.
GRUB code expects O32 or N32. N32 is less tested than O32, so we prefer to
compile with O32. Some systems (e.g. GNU Guix) default to using newer
n64 or n32 ABI. Try to find suitable options to force o32.
For GCC this is simply -mabi=32. While clang supports this option as well,
o32 ABI is valid for MIPS target and n32/64 ABI are valid for MIPS64 target
only, so use "-target mips/mipsel -mabi=32".
Reported-By: Mark H Weaver <mhw@netris.org>
Also-By: Mark H Weaver <mhw@netris.org>
From original patch by dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>:
grub_net_fs_open() saves off a copy of the file structure it gets passed and
uses it to create a bufio structure. It then overwrites the passed in file
structure with this new bufio structure. Since file->name doesn't get set
until we return back to grub_file_open(), it means that only the bufio
structure gets a valid file->name. The "real" file's name is left
uninitialized. This leads to a crash when the progress module hook is called
on it.
grub_net_fs_open() already saved copy of file name as ->net->name, so change
progress module to use it.
Also, grub_file_open may leave file->name as NULL if grub_strdup fails. Check
for it.
Also-By: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
It cannot work anyway because host disk cannot be read. This fixes hostfs access
on native Windows build where filenames start with '\' or do not have initial
separator at all (d:\foo).
Issue was observed when running grub-fstest on Windows. On UNIX image name is
canonicalized to always start with `/' so this was not noticed.
This has side effect of allowing relative path names on host, but this already
was the case with `ls' command, so it just extends it to all commands.
Reported-By: Arch Stack <archstacker@gmail.com>
Also-By: Arch Stack <archstacker@gmail.com>
sun4v vnet devices do not implement the support of duplex and speed
instance attributes. An attempt to open such a device with
the attributes will fail:
ok select net:speed=auto,duplex=auto
Unknown key 'speed'
Unknown key 'duplex'
Manual Configuration: Host IP, boot server and filename must be specified
WARNING: /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/network@0: Can't open OBP standard TFTP package
Can't open device
ok
Therefore, let's not set SUFFIX for such devices.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kholmanskikh <stanislav.kholmanskikh@oracle.com>
Incorrect drive name was being passed into grub_util_sparc_setup,
causing the grub-install to fail.
Signed-off-by: Eric Snowberg <eric.snowberg@oracle.com>
The EFI spec indicates that get_status() should return the address of the buffer
we passed into transmit to indicate the the buffer was transmitted. However we
have boxes where the firmware returns some arbitrary address instead, which
makes grub think that we've not sent anything. So since we have the SNP stuff
opened in exclusive mode just assume any non-NULL txbuf means that our transmit
occurred properly. This makes grub able to do its networking stuff properly on
our broken firmware. Thanks,
cc: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Recent tests have discovered that many of our filesystems have flawed
handling of "." and "..". Rather than attempting to fix it in filesystems
themselves, make the common code fshelp aware of "." and ".." and handle
them in this layer. Add grub_fshelp_find_file_lookup for easy conversion
of BFS, HFS and exFAT which have the same problem and don't use fshelp.
mips_attributes was introduced to work around clang problems with
-msoft-float. Those problems are now fixed and moreover .gnu_attributes
itself is unportable and creates problem with clang.
Revert "mips: Fix soft-float handling."
This partially reverts commit 6a4ecd276e.
Regression from commit:
loader/linux: do not pad initrd with zeroes at the end
a8c473288d
Wimboot fails since the change above because it expects the "trailer"
initrd element on an aligned address.
This issue shows only when newc_name is used and the last initrd
entry has a not aligned size.
Since btrfs on-disk format uses little-endian, the searched item types
(ROOT_REF, INODE_REF) need converting the byte order in order to
function properly on big-endian systems.
Current code in probe() could not be verified to not contain memory leaks.
Restructure code and ensure grub_device_close is always called at the end of
loop.
Calms down Coverity scan.
CID: 73739
Emulate dot and dotdot in root directory. For other directories do not
add separator between name and extension for these two special entries.
Closes: 45335
Exclusive open on SNP will close all existing protocol instances which
may disable all receive filters on interface. Reinstall them after we
opened protocol exclusively.
Also follow UEFI specification recommendation and stop interfaces when
closing them:
Unexpected system errors, reboots and hangs can occur if an OS is loaded
and the network devices are not Shutdown() and Stopped().
Also by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Closes: 45204
The current code for EFI grub_exit() calls grub_efi_fini() before
returning to firmware. In the case of ARM, this leaves a timer
event running which could lead to a firmware crash. This patch
changes this so that grub_machine_fini() is called with a NORETURN
flag. This allows machine-specific shutdown to happen as well
as the shutdown done by grub_efi_fini().
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Add support for new XFS on disk format. We have to handle optional
filetype fields in directory entries, additional CRC, LSN, UUID entries
in some structures, etc.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Fix compilation with gcc 5.1 (avoid internal compiler error), by
replacing explicit -march +nofp+nosimd options with -mgeneral-regs-only.
This also enables the removal of some further conditional build flag
setting.
Including the setjmp module in an arm64-efi image will cause it to
immediately exit with an "incompatible license" error.
The source file includes a GPLv3+ boilerplate, so fix this by declaring a
GPLv3+ license using the GRUB_MOD_LICENSE macro.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Currently, some messages cannot be mapped to the port they belong to as
the port number is missing from the output. So add `port: n` to the
debug messages.
superusers controls both CLI and editing. Also explicitly mention that
empty superusers disables them.
"Access to menuentry" is a bit vague - change to "execute menuentry"
to make it obvious, what access is granted.
Run the command below
$ git grep -l schedulded | xargs sed -i 's/schedulded/scheduled/g'
and revert the change in `ChangeLog-2015`.
Including "miscellaneous" spelling fix noted by richardvoigt@gmail.com
large blocks basically use extensible dataset feature, or to be exact,
setting recordsize above 128k will trigger large_block feature to be
enabled and storing such blocks is using feature extensible dataset. so
the extensible dataset is prerequisite.
Changes implement read support extensible dataset… instead of fixed DMU
types they dont specify type, making it possible to use fat zap objects
from bonus area.
While in theory permitted by the spec, modules rarely fit in low memory
anyway and not every kernel is able to handle modules in low memory anyway.
At least VMWare is known not to be able to handle modules at arbitrary
locations.
Add the descriptions of the “core”, that means no vendorcode or payload,
coreboot time stamps added up to coreboot commit a7d92441 (timestamps:
You can never have enough of them!) [1].
Running `coreboot_boottime` in the GRUB command line interface now shows
descriptions for all time stamps again on the ASRock E350M1.
[1] http://review.coreboot.org/9608
From RFC1542:
The 'giaddr' field is rather poorly named. It exists to facilitate
the transfer of BOOTREQUEST messages from a client, through BOOTP
relay agents, to servers on different networks than the client.
Similarly, it facilitates the delivery of BOOTREPLY messages from the
servers, through BOOTP relay agents, back to the client. In no case
does it represent a general IP router to be used by the client. A
BOOTP client MUST set the 'giaddr' field to zero (0.0.0.0) in all
BOOTREQUEST messages it generates.
A BOOTP client MUST NOT interpret the 'giaddr' field of a BOOTREPLY
message to be the IP address of an IP router. A BOOTP client SHOULD
completely ignore the contents of the 'giaddr' field in BOOTREPLY
messages.
Leave code ifdef'd out for the time being in case we see regression.
Suggested by: Rink Springer <rink@rink.nu>
Closes: 43396
Currently XFS driver converted inode numbers to native endianity only
when using them to compute inode position. Although this works, it is
somewhat confusing. So convert inode numbers when reading them from disk
structures as every other field.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Directory iteration used wrong position (sizeof wrong structure) for
termination of iteration inside a directory block. Luckily the position
ended up being wrong by just 1 byte and directory entries are larger so
things worked out fine in practice. But fix the problem anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
EBDA layout is not standardized so we cannot assume first two bytes
are length. Neither is it required by ACPI standard. HP 8710W is known
to contain zeroes here.
Closes: 45002
EDK2 network stack is based on Managed Network Protocol which is layered
on top of Simple Management Protocol and does background polling. This
polling races with grub for received (and probably trasmitted) packets
which causes either serious slowdown or complete failure to load files.
Open SNP device exclusively. This destroys all child MNP instances and
stops background polling.
Exclusive open cannot be done when enumerating cards, as it would destroy
PXE information we need to autoconfigure interface; and it cannot be done
during autoconfiguration as we need to do it for non-PXE boot as well. So
move SNP open to card ->open method and add matching ->close to clean up.
Based on patch from Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Also-By: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Closes: 41731
EDK2 PXE driver creates two child devices - IPv4 and IPv6 - with
bound SNP instance. This means we get three cards for every physical
adapter when enumerating. Not only is this confusing, this may result
in grub ignoring packets that come in via the "wrong" card.
Example of device hierarchy is
Ctrl[91] PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)
Ctrl[95] PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)/MAC(525400123456,0x1)
Ctrl[B4] PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)/MAC(525400123456,0x1)/IPv4(0.0.0.0)
Ctrl[BC] PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)/MAC(525400123456,0x1)/IPv6(0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000)
Skip PXE created virtual devices when enumerating cards. Make sure to
find real card when applying initial autoconfiguration during PXE boot,
this information is associated with one of child devices.
Syslinux memdisk is using initrd image and needs to know uncompressed
size in advance. For gzip uncompressed size is at the end of compressed
stream. Grub padded each input file to 4 bytes at the end, which means
syslinux got wrong size.
Linux initramfs loader apparently does not care about trailing alignment.
So change code to align beginning of each file instead which atomatically
gives us the correct size for single file.
Reported-By: David Shaw <dshaw@jabberwocky.com>
This reverts commits 47b2bee3ef
and 8d3c4544ff. It is not safe
to free allocated cards, dangling pointers main remain. Such
cleanup requires more changes in net core.
grub_memset should zero out padding after data end. It is not clear
why it is needed at all - ZFS block is at least 512 bytes and power
of two, so it is always multiple of 16 bytes. This grub_memset
apparently never did anything.
In the past birth was always zero for holes. This feature started
to make use of birth for holes as well, so change code to test for
valid DVA address instead.
It can be called with NULL for third argument. grub_divmod32* for
now are called only from within wrappers, so skip check.
Reported-By: Michael Zimmermann <sigmaepsilon92@gmail.com>
Some x86 systems might be capable of running a 64-bit Linux kernel but
only use a 32-bit EFI (e.g. Intel Bay Trail systems). It's useful for
grub-install to be able to recognise such systems, to set the default
x86 platform correctly.
To allow grub-install to know the size of the firmware rather than
just the size of the kernel, there is now an extra EFI sysfs file to
describe the underlying firmware. Read that if possible, otherwise
fall back to the kernel type as before.
Signed-off-by: Steve McIntyre <steve@einval.com>
Use the new thumb_get_instruction_word/thumb_set_instruction_word
helpers throughout.
Style cleanup (missing spaces).
Move Thumb MOVW/MOVT handlers into Thumb relocation section of file.
This restrict ARP handling to MAC and IP addresses but in practice we need
only this case anyway and other cases are very rar if exist at all. It makes
code much simpler and less error-prone.
_BSD_SOURCE was added to allow the use of DT_DIR, but that was removed
in e768b77068. While adding
_DEFAULT_SOURCE as well works around problems with current glibc,
neither is in fact needed nowadays.
LVM miscalculates bitmap size with small extent, so start with 16K as
for other RAID types.
Until version 2.02.103 LVM counts metadata segments twice when checking
available space, reduce segment count by one to account for this bug.
Write activity with LVM/RAID can happen after filesystem is unmounted.
In my testing modification time of loop files was 15 - 20 seconds
after unmount. So use time as close to unmount as possible as
reference instead.
argp_help attempts to translate empty string, which results in printing
meta information about translation, like in
bor@opensuse:~/build/grub> grub2-mknetdir --help
Использование: grub2-mknetdir [ПАРАМЕТР…]
Project-Id-Version: grub 2.02-pre2
Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bug-grub@gnu.org
...
Update gnulib/argp-help.c to the current version which fixes this
(commit b9bfe78424b871f5b92e5ee9e7d21ef951a6801d).
In file included from util/grub-mkimage.c:54:0:
./grub-core/gnulib/argp.h:627:49: error: '__sbistype' is static but
used in inline function '_option_is_short' which is not static
[-Werror] cc1: all warnings being treated as errors gmake[2]: ***
[util/grub_mkimage-grub-mkimage.o] Error 1
Update m4/extern-inline.m4 to current upstream gnulib version that
contains fix for this (commit b9bfe78424b871f5b92e5ee9e7d21ef951a6801d).
Reported-By: Beeblebrox <zaphod@berentweb.com>
canonicalize_file_name clashed with gnulib function. Additionally
it was declared in 2 places: emu/misc.h and util/misc.h. Added
grub_ prefix and removed second declaration.
libgcc for boot environment isn't always present and compatible.
libgcc is often absent if endianness or bit-size at boot is different
from running OS.
libgcc may use optimised opcodes that aren't available on boot time.
So instead of relying on libgcc shipped with the compiler, supply
the functions in GRUB directly.
Tests are present to ensure that those replacement functions behave the
way compiler expects them to.
All current ciphers have blocks which are power of 2 and it's
unlikely to change. Other block length would be tricky to handle anyway.
This restriction allows avoiding extra divisions.
Add -msoft-float alongside clang arguments to specify ABI.
Specify ABI in asm files explicitly.
This trigers asm warning due to gcc failing to propagate -msoft-float
but it's tolerable.
Previously we supplied only unsigned divisions on platforms that need software
division.
Yet compiler may itself use a signed division. A typical example would be a
difference between 2 pointers which involves division by object size.
Avoid micro-optimization in grub_diskfilter_make_raid and make sure
name and fullname are independent strings. This avoids need to special
case it everywhere else.
Also fix memory leak in failure case in grub_diskfilter_make_raid.
Closes: 41582
Commit 750f4bacd3 put LV validation before
actual vg assignment. Make grub_diskfilter_make_raid to assign ->vg as
happens in other cases for consistency. Also clean up redundant code and add
explicit NULL lv->vg check in validate_lv.
Also fix segment validation in validate_lv; it became obvious when crash
was fixed.
Closes: 44199
gcc5 reports:
../util/mkimage.c: In function 'grub_install_get_image_target':
../util/mkimage.c:954:5: error: loop exit may only be reached after undefined behavior [-Werror=aggressive-loop-optimizations]
&& j < ARRAY_SIZE (image_targets[i].names); j++)
^
../util/mkimage.c:953:39: note: possible undefined statement is here
for (j = 0; image_targets[i].names[j]
^
Well, let's move the index 'j' test before accesing the array to:
1) make the loop obvious
2) make gcc happy
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
GCC 4.9 also generates R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC and R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS,
as an alternative to ABS32.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
aarch64 toolchains do not support the -msoft-float option added by
commit 3661261f. Insted, for arm64 use -march=armv8-a+nofp+nosimd.
Reported-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
strlcpy is not available on Linux as part of standard libraries.
It probably is not worth extra configure checks espicially as we
need to handle missing function anyway.
Old condition was used to zero-out header variable on exit of the loop.
This is correct but confusing. Replace with in-loop logic.
Found by: Coverity Scan.
When making dist from a git snapshot without repo available make dist would
fail to find ChangeLog. Generate empty ChangeLog if no ChangeLog is already
present and repo is not available.
Reported by: Andrei Borzenkov <arvidjaar@gmail.com>
When booted from stick, EFI would use GPT partition and our root
device detection algortihm depends on GRUB's ability to see the same
partitions. Hence include msdos and gpt partmap modules on EFI even when
they're not needed to access root filesystem.
Old ChangeLog is moved to ChangeLog-2015. For all changes starting from
this one ChangeLog will be generated from gitlog only on explicit make
invocation and make dist.
To be compatible with legacy pv-grub, sort disks by increasing order of handle
value. This allows reusing legacy pv-grub menu.lst which is using hdX names.
Suggested-By: Michael Chang <mchang@suse.com>
Closes: 44026
2015-01-23 19:52:45 +03:00
1084 changed files with 60269 additions and 75418 deletions
simplified_abs_top_srcdir=`echo"$(abs_top_srcdir)"| sed 's,//,/,g; s,/\./,/,g; :loop; s,/[^/][^/]*/\.\.\(/\|$$\),\1,; t loop'`;\
sed "s,@simplified_abs_top_srcdir@,$$simplified_abs_top_srcdir,g"$(srcdir)/tests/syslinux/ubuntu10.04_grub.cfg.in |$(top_builddir)/config.status --file=$@:-
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
* Coding style::
* Finding your way around::
* Contributing Changes::
* Updating External Code::
* Porting::
* Error Handling::
* Stack and heap size::
@@ -84,6 +85,8 @@ This edition documents version @value{VERSION}.
* Video Subsystem::
* PFF2 Font File Format::
* Graphical Menu Software Design::
* Verifiers framework::
* Lockdown framework::
* Copying This Manual:: Copying This Manual
* Index::
@end menu
@@ -181,38 +184,44 @@ If a macro is global, its name must be prefixed with GRUB_ and must consist of o
@section Comments
All comments shall be C-style comments, of the form @samp{/* @dots{} */}.
Comments shall be placed only on a line by themselves. They shall not be placed together with code, variable declarations, or other non-comment entities. A comment should be placed immediately preceding the entity it describes.
A comment can be placed immediately preceding the entity it describes or it
can be placed together with code, variable declarations, or other non-comment
entities. However, it is recommended to not mix various forms especially in
types/structs descriptions.
Acceptable:
@example
/* The page # that is the front buffer. */
int displayed_page;
/* The page # that is the back buffer. */
int render_page;
@end example
Unacceptable:
@example
int displayed_page; /* The page # that is the front buffer. */
int render_page; /* The page # that is the back buffer. */
@end example
@node Multi-Line Comments
@section Multi-Line Comments
Comments spanning multiple lines shall be formatted with all lines after the first aligned with the first line.
Asterisk characters should not be repeated a the start of each subsequent line.
Comments spanning multiple lines shall be formatted with all lines after the
first aligned with the first line. Asterisk characters should be repeated at
the start of each subsequent line.
Acceptable:
@example
/*
* This is a comment
* which spans multiple lines.
* It is long.
*/
@end example
Unacceptable:
@example
/* This is a comment
which spans multiple lines.
It is long. */
@end example
Unacceptable:
@example
/*
* This is a comment
@@ -220,7 +229,16 @@ Unacceptable:
* It is long. */
@end example
The opening @samp{/*} and closing @samp{*/} should be placed together on a line with text.
@example
/* This is a comment
* which spans multiple lines.
* It is long.
*/
@end example
In particular first unacceptable form makes comment difficult to distinguish
from the code itself. Especially if it contains the code snippets and/or is
long. So, its usage is disallowed.
@node Finding your way around
@chapter Finding your way around
@@ -465,6 +483,106 @@ If your intention is to just get started, please do not submit a inclusion
request. Instead, please subscribe to the mailing list, and communicate first
(e.g. sending a patch, asking a question, commenting on another message...).
@node Updating External Code
@chapter Updating external code
GRUB includes some code from other projects, and it is sometimes necessary
to update it.
@menu
* Gnulib::
* jsmn::
* minilzo::
@end menu
@node Gnulib
@section Gnulib
Gnulib is a source code library that provides basic functionality to
programs and libraries. Many software packages make use of Gnulib
to avoid reinventing the portability wheel.
GRUB imports Gnulib using its @command{bootstrap} utility, identifying a
particular Git commit in @file{bootstrap.conf}. To upgrade to a new Gnulib
commit, set @code{GNULIB_REVISION} in @file{bootstrap.conf} to the new commit
ID, then run @kbd{./bootstrap} and whatever else you need to make sure it
works. Check for changes to Gnulib's @file{NEWS} file between the old and new
commits; in some cases it will be necessary to adjust GRUB to match. You may
also need to update the patches in @file{grub-core/lib/gnulib-patches/}.
To add a new Gnulib module or remove one that is no longer needed, change
@code{gnulib_modules} in @file{bootstrap.conf}. Again, run @kbd{./bootstrap}
and whatever else you need to make sure it works.
Bootstrapping from an older distribution containing gettext version < 0.18.3,
will require a patch similar to this to be applied first before running the
Loaded 100 of 1084 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff.
Show more
Reference in new issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
Javier Martinez Canillas